1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % for customized page headers/footers
48 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
50 % change header rule width
51 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
53 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
54 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
55 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
57 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
59 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
60 \use_default_options false
64 \maintain_unincluded_children false
66 \language_package default
71 \font_typewriter default
72 \font_default_family default
73 \use_non_tex_fonts false
80 \default_output_format default
82 \bibtex_command default
83 \index_command default
87 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
88 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
92 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
93 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
94 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
99 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
100 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
110 \paperorientation portrait
113 \notefontcolor #0000ff
130 \paragraph_separation indent
131 \paragraph_indentation default
132 \quotes_language english
135 \paperpagestyle default
136 \tracking_changes false
137 \output_changes false
155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
157 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
161 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
180 \begin_inset Note Note
183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
184 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
185 \begin_inset Newline newline
190 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
198 \begin_layout Standard
199 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
200 LatexCommand tableofcontents
207 \begin_layout Chapter
211 \begin_layout Section
215 \begin_layout Standard
216 LyX is a document preparation system.
217 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
218 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
219 It is unlike most other
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
229 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 pt type, left justified, 5
246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
254 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
258 \begin_layout Standard
259 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
272 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
276 \begin_layout Standard
278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
289 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
290 the format of all of the manuals.
291 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
292 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
309 \begin_layout Section
313 \begin_layout Standard
314 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
316 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
317 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
321 \begin_layout Standard
322 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
323 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
324 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
326 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
327 only a vertical scrollbar.
328 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
329 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
330 This, however, is due
331 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
332 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
333 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
334 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
336 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
337 this doesn't work for equations yet.
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
349 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
354 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
355 ing sections of this documentation.
358 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
368 of the manuals from inside LyX.
369 Just select the manual you want read from the
376 \begin_layout Section
378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
380 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
387 \begin_layout Standard
388 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
389 without resorting to configuration files.
390 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
391 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
392 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
397 \begin_inset Index idx
400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
408 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
413 \begin_inset space \space{}
416 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
417 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
419 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
423 \begin_inset Index idx
426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
427 Reconfiguration of LyX
432 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
435 \begin_layout Section
437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
439 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
448 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
450 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
451 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
458 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
459 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
462 \begin_layout Standard
463 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
464 you can view from the menu
466 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
485 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
486 reconfigure LyX (menu
488 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
492 \begin_inset Note Note
495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
496 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
504 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
505 More about TeX Code is described in section
510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
512 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
516 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
523 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
533 \begin_inset Index idx
536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
537 Reconfiguration of LyX
542 See section 5.1 of the
546 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
549 \begin_layout Chapter
553 \begin_layout Section
554 Basic File Operations
555 \begin_inset Index idx
558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
567 \begin_layout Standard
572 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
573 in addition to some more advanced operations:
576 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_layout Itemize
606 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
688 arg "dialog-show print"
694 \begin_layout Itemize
700 \begin_layout Standard
701 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
702 a few minor differences.
705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
720 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
721 you for a template to use.
722 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
723 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
724 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
732 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
739 \begin_layout Standard
740 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
772 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
773 space is just that — a big, blank space.
781 \begin_layout Standard
802 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
807 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
832 will reload the document from disk.
833 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
834 and want to restore it to the last save.
843 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
844 can identify them as your changes.
847 \begin_layout Section
848 Basic Editing Features
849 \begin_inset Index idx
852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
861 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
870 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
871 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
872 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
874 We'll start with cut and paste.
877 \begin_layout Standard
878 As you might expect, the
882 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
883 various other editing features.
884 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
888 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_layout Itemize
916 \begin_layout Itemize
930 \begin_layout Itemize
940 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_layout Itemize
966 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
972 \begin_layout Standard
973 The first three are self-explanatory.
974 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
975 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
984 keys also function as the
989 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
990 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
995 to get back the lost text.
998 \begin_layout Standard
999 \begin_inset Index idx
1002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1008 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1012 \begin_inset space ~
1017 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1020 \begin_layout Standard
1023 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1028 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1034 \begin_inset space ~
1039 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1045 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1049 \begin_inset space ~
1054 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1055 will start a new paragraph.
1058 \begin_layout Standard
1059 \begin_inset Index idx
1062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1069 \begin_inset Index idx
1072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1080 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1104 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1109 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1121 \begin_inset space ~
1126 button to skip the current word.
1130 \begin_inset space ~
1135 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1139 \begin_inset space ~
1144 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1146 If the toggle is set, searching for
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1158 will not match the word
1159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1173 Match whole words only
1175 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1204 LyX offers also an advanced
1207 \begin_inset space ~
1211 \begin_inset space ~
1216 feature that is described in sec.
1217 \begin_inset space ~
1221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1223 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1232 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1234 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1239 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1246 \begin_layout Section
1248 \begin_inset Index idx
1251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1258 \begin_inset Index idx
1261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1270 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1277 \begin_layout Standard
1278 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1279 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1282 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1285 or the toolbar button
1291 to undo some mistake.
1292 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1294 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1297 or the toolbar button
1304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1311 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1315 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1328 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1329 This is a consequence of the 100
1330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1333 step undo limit, above.
1336 \begin_layout Standard
1345 work on almost everything in LyX.
1346 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1350 \begin_layout Section
1352 \begin_inset Index idx
1355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1365 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1373 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 once anywhere in the edit window.
1379 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Itemize
1394 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1400 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1403 \begin_layout Itemize
1404 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1413 \begin_layout Enumerate
1414 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1418 \begin_layout Standard
1419 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1420 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1424 \begin_layout Enumerate
1429 \begin_layout Standard
1434 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1439 \begin_layout Section
1441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1443 name "sec:Navigating"
1448 \begin_inset Index idx
1451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1460 \begin_layout Standard
1461 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1488 \begin_layout Itemize
1489 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 and use the same menu to return to them.
1495 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1498 \begin_layout Standard
1502 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1507 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1511 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1512 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1513 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1514 your last editing position.
1517 \begin_layout Subsection
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1522 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1530 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1531 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1532 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1533 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1534 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1537 LatexCommand formatted
1538 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1542 ), or notes, or citations (see
1543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1544 LatexCommand formatted
1545 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1550 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1552 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1553 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1554 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1555 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1558 LatexCommand formatted
1559 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1563 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1565 LatexCommand formatted
1566 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1571 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1576 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1577 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1578 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1579 dialog and to modify the citation.
1580 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1584 \begin_layout Standard
1585 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1587 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1588 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1596 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1599 \begin_layout Standard
1600 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1601 you further to control the display.
1606 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1607 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1612 option keeps it in the current view state.
1613 Keeping means that when you have e.
1614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1618 \begin_inset space \space{}
1621 the subsections of section
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1625 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1626 \begin_inset space ~
1629 3, the subsections of section
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1633 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1638 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1639 \begin_inset space ~
1643 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1653 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1656 \begin_layout Standard
1658 \begin_inset space ~
1662 \begin_inset Graphics
1663 filename ../images/reload.png
1668 \begin_inset space ~
1671 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1672 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1675 \begin_inset space \space{}
1679 \begin_inset Graphics
1680 filename ../images/down.png
1682 groupId toolbarbuttons
1687 \begin_inset space ~
1691 \begin_inset space \space{}
1695 \begin_inset Graphics
1696 filename ../images/up.png
1698 groupId toolbarbuttons
1703 \begin_inset space ~
1706 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1707 So, for example, you can move section
1708 \begin_inset space ~
1712 \begin_inset space ~
1715 2.4 or after section
1716 \begin_inset space ~
1720 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1722 \begin_inset Graphics
1723 filename ../images/promote.png
1725 groupId toolbarbuttons
1730 \begin_inset Graphics
1731 filename ../images/demote.png
1733 groupId toolbarbuttons
1737 (or the corresponding key bindings
1745 ) you can change the level of sections.
1746 So you can for example make section
1747 \begin_inset space ~
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1755 \begin_inset space ~
1761 \begin_layout Section
1762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1764 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1769 \begin_inset Index idx
1772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_inset Index idx
1782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1810 Input / Word Completion
1813 \begin_layout Standard
1814 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1816 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1817 is used to propose completions.
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1821 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1822 there are completions available.
1823 You can then press the
1827 key to use this completion.
1828 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1829 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1830 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1837 \begin_layout Standard
1838 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1840 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1843 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1845 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1848 by deselecting the option
1855 Automatic inline completion
1857 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1858 To accept this proposal, use the
1867 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1868 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1876 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1883 \begin_layout Section
1885 \begin_inset Index idx
1888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1895 \begin_inset Index idx
1898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1927 \begin_inset Index idx
1930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1961 \begin_layout Standard
1962 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1963 LyX's default is CUA.
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1970 \begin_inset space ~
1978 \begin_inset space ~
1999 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2003 \begin_layout Labeling
2004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2008 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2009 LatexCommand nomenclature
2011 description "Tabulator key"
2017 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2018 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2019 \begin_inset space ~
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2032 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2036 , especially section
2037 \begin_inset space ~
2041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2043 reference "sub:Lists"
2049 If you're still confused, look in the
2056 \begin_layout Labeling
2057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2061 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2062 LatexCommand nomenclature
2064 description "Escape key"
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2078 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2079 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2082 \begin_layout Labeling
2083 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2089 \begin_inset space ~
2093 \begin_inset space ~
2100 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2101 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2105 \begin_layout Standard
2106 There are three modifier keys:
2109 \begin_layout Labeling
2110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2128 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2129 LatexCommand nomenclature
2131 description "Control key"
2135 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2136 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2140 \begin_layout Itemize
2149 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2152 \begin_layout Itemize
2161 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2164 \begin_layout Itemize
2173 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2177 \begin_layout Labeling
2178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2196 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2197 LatexCommand nomenclature
2199 description "Shift key"
2203 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2204 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2207 \begin_layout Labeling
2208 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2226 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2227 LatexCommand nomenclature
2229 description "Alt or Meta key"
2233 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2234 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2235 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2241 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2243 menu accelerator keys
2246 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2247 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2251 \begin_layout Standard
2252 For example, the sequence
2253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2259 \begin_inset space ~
2263 \begin_inset space ~
2269 \begin_inset space ~
2277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2296 \begin_inset space ~
2302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2317 manual lists all other things bound to the
2325 \begin_layout Standard
2326 You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2327 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2328 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2329 just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2330 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2331 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2332 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2334 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2350 followed by a capital
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2360 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2365 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2368 as explained in sec.
2369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2375 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2382 \begin_layout Chapter
2384 \begin_inset Index idx
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2396 \begin_layout Section
2398 \begin_inset Index idx
2401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 \begin_layout Subsection
2414 \begin_layout Standard
2415 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2416 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2417 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2418 numbering schemes, and so on.
2419 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2420 and format the title of your document differently.
2423 \begin_layout Standard
2428 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2429 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2430 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2431 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2432 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2435 \begin_layout Standard
2436 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2437 how to adjust their properties.
2440 \begin_layout Subsection
2442 \begin_inset Index idx
2445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2454 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2461 \begin_layout Standard
2462 You can select a class using the
2464 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2465 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2469 \begin_inset Index idx
2472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2479 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2487 \begin_layout Standard
2488 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 Article for basic articles
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Report for basic reports
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Book for writing a book
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Letter for US-style letters
2508 \begin_layout Standard
2509 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2510 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2511 will include many of these.
2512 Here are some of the classes.
2513 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2515 Special Document Classes
2524 \begin_layout Description
2525 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2533 \begin_layout Description
2534 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2540 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2541 There are three article layouts available.
2542 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2543 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2544 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2545 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2550 sequential numbering
2551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2554 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2555 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2556 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2557 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2560 \begin_layout Description
2561 Beamer Layout for presentations
2564 \begin_layout Description
2565 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2566 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2570 \begin_layout Description
2571 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2574 \begin_layout Description
2576 \begin_inset space ~
2579 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2582 \begin_layout Description
2583 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 Foils Used to make transparencies
2590 \begin_layout Description
2591 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2592 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2596 \begin_layout Description
2597 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2598 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2601 \begin_layout Description
2602 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2611 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2612 (Is used by this document.)
2615 \begin_layout Description
2616 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2623 \begin_layout Description
2628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2636 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2638 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2641 \begin_layout Description
2642 Slides Used to make transparencies
2645 \begin_layout Description
2647 \begin_inset space ~
2650 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2651 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2658 \begin_layout Standard
2659 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2661 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2667 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2668 of the document classes.
2671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2675 \begin_layout Standard
2676 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2679 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2681 \begin_inset Index idx
2684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2701 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2702 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2704 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2709 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2710 and some of them, like
2714 , are highly specialized.
2715 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2716 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2718 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2719 by some document class.
2720 There are just too many of them.
2721 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2733 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2734 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2735 document class for a new file.
2736 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2741 Installing new LaTeX files
2742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2749 manual for information on how to install them.
2750 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2757 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2758 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2760 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2761 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2762 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2764 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2767 \begin_inset space ~
2774 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2786 \begin_inset Index idx
2789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2798 \begin_layout Standard
2799 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2800 chosen document class.
2801 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2802 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2813 \begin_inset Index idx
2816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2823 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2827 \begin_layout Standard
2828 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2829 always installed by default.
2830 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2831 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2832 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2833 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2834 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2835 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2836 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2839 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2843 \begin_inset Index idx
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 Reconfiguration of LyX
2853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2856 Installing new LaTeX files
2857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2864 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2867 \begin_layout Standard
2868 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2876 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2877 LyX will advise you about these things.
2885 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2887 \begin_inset Index idx
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 Document ! Local Layout
2899 \begin_layout Standard
2900 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2901 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2902 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2903 writing a module for this purpose.
2904 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2905 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2907 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2908 What you want is LyX's
2909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2917 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2925 \begin_layout Standard
2926 Each class has a default set of options.
2927 Here's a quick table describing them:
2930 \begin_layout Standard
2931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2939 \begin_inset Tabular
2940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2941 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 You're probably also wondering what
3409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3421 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3422 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3427 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3432 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3442 headings, there are also
3450 headings, and so on.
3451 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3452 \begin_inset space ~
3456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3458 reference "sub:Headings"
3465 \begin_layout Subsection
3467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3469 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3474 \begin_inset Index idx
3477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3486 \begin_inset Index idx
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3519 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3520 to use for your document.
3521 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3544 You can choose between the following five options:
3547 \begin_layout Labeling
3548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3553 Use default page style of current class.
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 No page numbers or headings.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3580 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3581 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3582 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3585 \begin_layout Labeling
3586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3591 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3597 \begin_inset Index idx
3600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3601 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3607 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3608 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3610 Check the documentation for the
3614 package for more details,
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3629 of paragraphs is described in section
3630 \begin_inset space ~
3634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3636 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3643 \begin_layout Subsection
3644 Paper Size and Orientation
3645 \begin_inset Index idx
3648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3649 Document ! Paper size
3655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3657 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 You'll find the following options in the menu
3668 \begin_inset space ~
3673 of the dialog of the
3675 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3681 \begin_inset Index idx
3684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3693 \begin_layout Labeling
3694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3698 \begin_inset space ~
3703 What size paper to print on.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3714 \begin_layout Itemize
3720 \begin_layout Itemize
3726 \begin_layout Itemize
3732 \begin_layout Itemize
3735 US letter, US legal, US executive
3738 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Itemize
3751 \begin_layout Labeling
3752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3768 \begin_layout Labeling
3769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3779 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3782 \begin_layout Subsection
3784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3791 \begin_inset Index idx
3794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Paper margins are set in the menu
3816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 \begin_layout Standard
3833 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3834 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3835 the paper format and the font size into account.
3838 \begin_layout Subsection
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3843 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3848 That includes the paragraph environments.
3849 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3850 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3851 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3852 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3861 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3863 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3864 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3865 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3868 \begin_layout Section
3869 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3870 \begin_inset Index idx
3873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3874 Paragraph ! Indentation
3882 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3886 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3893 \begin_layout Standard
3894 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3895 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3899 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3900 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3901 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3902 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3906 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3912 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3913 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3914 language than English.
3915 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3918 \begin_layout Standard
3919 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3920 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3922 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3923 LyX takes care of that.
3924 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3926 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3927 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3928 of a page, and so on.
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3938 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3939 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3943 of these pre-coded spacings.
3944 We'll explain more later.
3947 \begin_layout Subsection
3948 Paragraph Separation
3949 \begin_inset Index idx
3952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 Paragraph ! Separation
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 To separate paragraphs, select
3973 \begin_inset space ~
3980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4011 dialog and toggle the
4014 \begin_inset space ~
4019 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4022 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4026 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4027 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4031 \begin_layout Standard
4032 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4033 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4036 \begin_layout Subsection
4038 \begin_inset Index idx
4041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4057 \begin_inset Index idx
4060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4096 installed to use this feature.
4104 \begin_layout Section
4105 Paragraph Environments
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 Paragraph ! Environments
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph environments|(
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4162 \begin_inset Newline newline
4165 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4166 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4167 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4176 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4179 \begin_layout Standard
4180 A paragraph environment is simply a
4181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4188 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4189 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4190 scheme, labels, and so on.
4191 Additionally, you can
4192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4199 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4200 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4201 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4202 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4203 days of typewriters.
4204 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4206 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4211 \begin_inset Graphics
4212 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4218 at the left end of the toolbar.
4219 LyX will change the environment of the
4223 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4224 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4225 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4238 create a new paragraph using the
4242 paragraph environment.
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 because if you are in one of these environments:
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4301 , rather than resetting it to
4306 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4307 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4308 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4309 \begin_inset space ~
4313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4315 reference "sec:Nesting"
4320 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4325 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4326 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4336 \begin_layout Subsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 The default paragraph environment is
4346 It creates a plain paragraph.
4347 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4348 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4349 this manual) are in the
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 You can nest a paragraph using the
4361 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4371 \begin_inset Index idx
4374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 for thanks or contact information.
4394 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4395 page along with today's date.
4396 For other types of documents, the title
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4423 Here's how you use them:
4426 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 Put the title of your document in the
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Put the author name in the
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4444 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4450 Note that using this environment is optional.
4451 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4452 If you don't want any date, add the line
4453 \begin_inset Newline newline
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 to the preamble of your document (menu
4468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 You can use footnotes to insert
4476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 or contact information.
4486 \begin_layout Subsection
4488 \begin_inset Index idx
4491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4509 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4518 Section headings ! Numbered
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4575 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4576 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4581 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4582 You group the book into chapters.
4583 LyX does similar grouping:
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4591 is divided in either
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4671 Not all document types use the
4675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4680 is the top-level heading.
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_inset Index idx
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4727 \begin_layout Enumerate
4733 \begin_layout Enumerate
4739 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 \begin_layout Enumerate
4751 \begin_layout Enumerate
4757 \begin_layout Standard
4759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4766 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4767 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4768 table of contents, see section
4769 \begin_inset space ~
4773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4782 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4783 Changing the Numbering
4784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4786 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4793 \begin_layout Standard
4794 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4795 in the Table of Contents.
4796 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4798 Certain classes start with
4812 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4822 This is something you can change.
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4828 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4834 \begin_inset Index idx
4837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4848 \begin_inset space ~
4852 \begin_inset space ~
4857 you'll see two counters.
4862 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4864 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4869 Short Titles of Headings
4870 \begin_inset Index idx
4873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4874 Section headings ! Short titles
4880 \begin_inset Argument
4883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4890 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4892 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4899 \begin_layout Standard
4900 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4901 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4902 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4903 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4906 \begin_layout Standard
4907 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4908 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4909 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4910 To specify a short title, use the menu
4912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4914 \begin_inset space ~
4920 This will insert a box labeled
4921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4936 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4937 This also works for captions inside floats.
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4941 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4949 The following information applies to all section headings:
4952 \begin_layout Itemize
4953 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4956 \begin_layout Itemize
4957 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4968 \begin_layout Subsection
4969 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4987 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4988 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4989 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4990 the text they contain.
4991 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4999 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5003 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5012 when you start a new paragraph.
5013 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5017 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5018 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5019 to change back to the
5023 environment yourself.
5026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5043 \begin_inset Index idx
5046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5056 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5057 time for the differences.
5066 are identical except for one difference:
5070 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5079 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5082 \begin_layout Standard
5083 Here's an example of the
5096 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5098 See – no indentation!
5102 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5103 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5104 the other paragraph.
5107 \begin_layout Standard
5108 Here's another example, this time in the
5115 \begin_layout Quotation
5121 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5122 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5123 the first line, then
5127 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5131 you were quoting other text.
5134 \begin_layout Quotation
5135 Here's a new paragraph.
5136 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5137 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5140 \begin_layout Standard
5141 As the examples show,
5145 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5146 They should put quotes in the
5151 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5155 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5158 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5164 \begin_inset Index idx
5167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5176 \begin_inset Index idx
5179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5195 \begin_layout Standard
5200 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5206 \begin_inset Newline newline
5209 Which I did not rehearse!
5213 It could be much worse.
5214 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5216 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5217 indented a bit more than the first.
5218 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5224 \begin_inset Newline newline
5227 And make things look fine
5228 \begin_inset Newline newline
5234 arg "newline-insert newline"
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5245 does not indent both margins.
5246 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5247 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5254 arg "newline-insert newline"
5260 \begin_layout Subsection
5262 \begin_inset Index idx
5265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5281 \begin_layout Standard
5282 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5292 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5301 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5302 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5303 some general features of all four of them.
5306 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5311 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5313 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5322 reset the environment to
5326 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5327 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5328 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5332 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5335 to break paragraphs.
5338 \begin_layout Standard
5339 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5340 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5342 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5343 you read all of section
5344 \begin_inset space ~
5348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5350 reference "sec:Nesting"
5358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5364 \begin_inset Index idx
5367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5383 \begin_layout Standard
5384 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5388 paragraph environment.
5389 It has the following properties:
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5393 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5398 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5406 \begin_layout Itemize
5407 The items can have any length.
5408 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5409 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5416 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 environment inside another
5425 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5434 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5439 \begin_inset space ~
5443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5445 reference "sec:Nesting"
5449 for a full explanation of nesting.
5453 \begin_layout Standard
5454 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5463 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5468 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5471 \begin_layout Itemize
5472 The label for the first level
5476 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5480 \begin_layout Itemize
5481 The label for the second level is a dash.
5485 \begin_layout Itemize
5486 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5490 \begin_layout Itemize
5491 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 Back out to the third level.
5500 \begin_layout Itemize
5501 Back to the second level.
5505 \begin_layout Itemize
5506 Back to the outermost level.
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5510 These are the default labels for an
5515 You can customize these labels in the
5517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5520 dialog in the submenu
5527 \begin_inset Index idx
5530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5539 \begin_layout Standard
5540 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5541 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5543 \begin_inset space ~
5547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5549 reference "sec:Nesting"
5556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5562 \begin_inset Index idx
5565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5574 name "sec:Enumerate"
5581 \begin_layout Standard
5586 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5587 It has these properties:
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5600 \begin_layout Enumerate
5601 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5609 environment resets the counter to one.
5612 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5627 Items can have any length.
5630 \begin_layout Enumerate
5631 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5643 \begin_layout Standard
5652 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5653 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5660 \begin_layout Enumerate
5661 The first level of an
5665 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5669 \begin_layout Enumerate
5670 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5674 \begin_layout Enumerate
5675 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5679 \begin_layout Enumerate
5680 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5689 \begin_layout Enumerate
5690 Back to the third level
5694 \begin_layout Enumerate
5695 Back to the second level.
5699 \begin_layout Enumerate
5700 Back to the outermost level.
5703 \begin_layout Standard
5704 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5709 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5714 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5718 \begin_layout Standard
5719 There is more to nesting
5723 environments than we've stated here.
5724 You should read section
5725 \begin_inset space ~
5729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5731 reference "sec:Nesting"
5735 to learn more about nesting.
5738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5744 \begin_inset Index idx
5747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5756 \begin_layout Standard
5757 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5761 list has no fixed label.
5762 Instead, LyX uses the first
5763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5770 of the first line as the label.
5774 \begin_layout Description
5775 Example: This is an example of the
5782 \begin_layout Standard
5783 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5787 \begin_layout Standard
5789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5796 it is meant that the first hit of the
5800 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5802 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5810 arg "space-insert protected"
5815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5816 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5818 \begin_inset space ~
5824 \begin_inset space ~
5828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5830 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5834 for more info.) Here is an example:
5837 \begin_layout Description
5839 \begin_inset space ~
5842 Example: This one shows how to use a
5845 \begin_inset space ~
5857 \begin_layout Description
5858 Usage: You should use the
5862 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5863 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5865 It's not a good idea to use a
5869 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5870 You're better off using
5882 paragraphs into them.
5885 \begin_layout Description
5886 Nesting: You can nest
5890 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5894 \begin_layout Standard
5895 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5896 them from the first line.
5899 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5905 \begin_inset Index idx
5908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5922 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5925 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5934 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5939 environment is named
5951 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5961 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5964 \begin_layout Labeling
5965 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5967 \begin_inset space ~
5970 labels LyX uses the first
5971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5978 of each line as the item label.
5983 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5984 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5985 blank as described above.
5988 \begin_layout Labeling
5989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5990 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5991 the body of the item text.
5992 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5993 label width plus a little extra space.
5997 \begin_layout Labeling
5998 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6000 \begin_inset space ~
6003 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6005 If the label width is larger, the label
6006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6013 into the first line.
6014 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6015 margin of the rest of the item text.
6018 \begin_layout Labeling
6019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6021 \begin_inset space ~
6024 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6029 environment have the same left margin.
6030 \begin_inset Newline newline
6033 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6038 \begin_inset space ~
6047 \begin_inset space ~
6052 determines the default label width.
6053 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6062 multiple times instead.
6063 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6072 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 every time you alter a label in a
6085 \begin_inset Newline newline
6088 The predefined default width is the length of
6089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6098 \begin_inset Newline newline
6102 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6110 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6111 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6124 environment the same way like the
6128 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6134 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6138 \begin_layout Standard
6143 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6145 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6147 \begin_inset space ~
6151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6153 reference "sec:Nesting"
6157 to learn about nesting.
6160 \begin_layout Standard
6161 There is yet another feature of the
6165 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6167 You can use additional
6171 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6176 are documented in section
6177 \begin_inset space ~
6181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6183 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6188 Here are some examples:
6189 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6195 \begin_layout Labeling
6196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6197 Left The default for
6204 \begin_layout Labeling
6205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6213 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6216 \begin_layout Labeling
6217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6218 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6229 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6232 \begin_layout Subsection
6234 \begin_inset Index idx
6237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6246 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_layout Standard
6263 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6271 \begin_inset space ~
6277 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6278 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6279 In contrast, you can use the
6286 \begin_inset space ~
6291 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6292 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 Of course, you're not limited to using
6304 \begin_inset space ~
6313 \begin_inset space ~
6318 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6319 some European academic papers.
6322 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6326 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6338 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6339 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6343 \begin_inset space ~
6348 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6349 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6350 Here's an example of each:
6353 \begin_layout Right Address
6355 \begin_inset Newline newline
6359 \begin_inset Newline newline
6363 \begin_inset Newline newline
6366 When is it? What is today?
6369 \begin_layout Standard
6373 \begin_inset space ~
6379 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6380 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6381 Here's an example of the
6388 \begin_layout Address
6390 \begin_inset Newline newline
6393 Where do I send this
6394 \begin_inset Newline newline
6397 Your post office and country
6400 \begin_layout Standard
6401 As you can see, both
6408 \begin_inset space ~
6413 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6418 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6424 This makes sense, since
6432 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6433 Thus, you have to use
6440 arg "newline-insert newline"
6446 \begin_inset space ~
6449 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6451 \begin_inset space ~
6460 menu) to start a new line in an
6467 \begin_inset space ~
6475 \begin_layout Subsection
6479 \begin_layout Standard
6480 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6481 or list of references.
6482 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6489 \begin_inset Index idx
6492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6501 \begin_layout Standard
6506 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6507 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6508 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6509 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6513 in anything else or vice versa.
6519 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6520 The book document classes ignores the
6524 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6528 in a letter document class.
6531 \begin_layout Standard
6536 environment does several things for you.
6537 First, it puts the centered label
6538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6546 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6548 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6549 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6550 the subsequent text.
6551 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6552 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6556 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6560 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6561 The new paragraph will still be in the
6566 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6567 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6570 \begin_layout Standard
6571 \begin_inset Float figure
6576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6578 \begin_inset Graphics
6579 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6587 \begin_inset Caption
6589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6590 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6592 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6613 \begin_layout Standard
6614 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6618 environment, but since this document is in the
6619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6626 class, we can't do this.
6627 We inserted it therefore as figure
6628 \begin_inset space ~
6632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6634 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6639 If you've never heard of an
6640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6647 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6656 \begin_inset Index idx
6659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6668 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6680 environment is used to list references.
6681 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6682 only use it at the end of the document.
6687 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6690 \begin_layout Standard
6691 When you first open a
6695 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6711 depending on the document class.
6712 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6713 Each paragraph of the
6717 environment is a bibliography entry.
6722 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6723 Each new paragraph is still in the
6730 \begin_layout Standard
6731 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6732 by using a BibTeX database.
6733 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6734 phy handling, have a look at in section
6735 \begin_inset space ~
6739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6741 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6748 \begin_layout Subsection
6752 \begin_inset Index idx
6755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6756 Paragraph ! LyX code
6762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6771 \begin_layout Standard
6776 environment is another LyX extension.
6777 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6782 key as a fixed whitespace;
6786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6798 \begin_inset space ~
6803 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6808 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6809 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6812 arg "newline-insert newline"
6829 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6830 So, when you finish using the
6834 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6835 Also, you can nest the
6839 environment inside of others.
6842 \begin_layout Standard
6843 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6846 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 arg "newline-insert newline"
6853 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6858 \begin_inset space \space{}
6868 arg "newline-insert newline"
6874 \begin_layout Itemize
6878 arg "newline-insert newline"
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6894 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6901 \begin_layout Itemize
6905 arg "space-insert protected"
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6914 You must put at least one
6918 in any line you want blank.
6919 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6922 \begin_layout Itemize
6923 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6927 since that will insert
6932 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6935 arg "self-insert \""
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6945 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6949 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6953 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6957 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6961 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6962 printf("Hello World!
6967 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6971 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6975 \begin_layout Standard
6976 This is just the standard
6977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6988 \begin_layout Standard
6993 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6994 rc-files, and so on.
6995 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6996 as if you used a typewriter.
6997 \begin_inset Index idx
7000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 Paragraph environments|)
7009 \begin_layout Section
7010 Nesting Environments
7011 \begin_inset Index idx
7014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7015 Nesting ! Environments
7021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7030 \begin_layout Subsection
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7037 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7039 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7041 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7053 \begin_layout Enumerate
7057 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 \begin_layout Enumerate
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7071 \begin_layout Enumerate
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7076 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7077 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7080 \begin_inset space ~
7084 \begin_inset space ~
7092 \begin_inset space ~
7096 \begin_inset space ~
7105 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7106 will tell you how far you are nested).
7107 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7110 arg "depth-increment"
7116 arg "depth-decrement"
7119 or the convenient key bindings
7130 arg "depth-increment"
7136 arg "depth-decrement"
7139 to change the nesting level.
7140 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7141 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7145 \begin_layout Standard
7146 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7147 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7148 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7149 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7152 \begin_layout Standard
7153 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7154 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7156 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7159 \begin_layout Subsection
7160 What You Can and Can't Nest
7163 \begin_layout Standard
7164 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7165 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7168 \begin_layout Standard
7169 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7170 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7171 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 Completely unnestable
7178 \begin_layout Itemize
7179 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7184 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7188 \begin_layout Standard
7189 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7190 environments have them:
7193 \begin_layout Description
7194 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7195 Can't nest into them.
7199 \begin_layout Itemize
7205 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7223 \begin_layout Itemize
7230 \begin_layout Description
7232 \begin_inset space ~
7235 Nestable You can nest them.
7236 You can nest other things into them.
7240 \begin_layout Itemize
7246 \begin_layout Itemize
7252 \begin_layout Itemize
7258 \begin_layout Itemize
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7270 \begin_layout Itemize
7276 \begin_layout Itemize
7282 \begin_layout Itemize
7289 \begin_layout Description
7290 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7291 You can't nest anything into them.
7295 \begin_layout Itemize
7301 \begin_layout Itemize
7307 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7331 \begin_layout Itemize
7337 \begin_layout Itemize
7343 \begin_layout Itemize
7349 \begin_layout Itemize
7355 \begin_layout Itemize
7361 \begin_layout Itemize
7367 \begin_layout Itemize
7373 \begin_layout Itemize
7377 \begin_inset space ~
7383 \begin_layout Itemize
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7399 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7408 \begin_inset space ~
7412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7416 \begin_inset space \space{}
7419 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7420 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7421 section headings violate this.
7429 \begin_layout Subsection
7430 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7431 \begin_inset Index idx
7434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7435 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7443 \begin_layout Standard
7444 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7445 affected by nesting anyhow.
7449 \begin_layout Itemize
7453 \begin_layout Itemize
7457 \begin_layout Itemize
7461 \begin_layout Standard
7463 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7471 Figures and tables in
7475 are not affected by this.
7480 Have a look at section
7481 \begin_inset space ~
7485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7487 reference "sec:Floats"
7491 for more information about
7498 \begin_layout Standard
7499 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7500 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 of its own, it behaves just like a
7514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7521 paragraph environment.
7522 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 Here's an example with a table:
7530 \begin_layout Enumerate
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7536 This is (a) and it's nested.
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7541 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7549 \begin_inset Tabular
7550 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7551 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7552 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7637 \begin_layout Standard
7638 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7647 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7651 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 \begin_layout Standard
7656 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7659 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 \begin_layout Enumerate
7665 This is (a) and it's nested.
7669 \begin_layout Standard
7670 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7678 \begin_inset Tabular
7679 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7680 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7766 \begin_layout Standard
7767 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7773 \begin_layout Enumerate
7780 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7783 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 \begin_layout Standard
7788 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7793 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7795 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7798 \begin_layout Enumerate
7803 \begin_layout Enumerate
7804 This is (a) and it's nested.
7807 \begin_layout Standard
7808 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7814 \begin_layout Standard
7816 \begin_inset Tabular
7817 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7818 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7819 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7820 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7904 \begin_layout Standard
7905 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7913 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7921 \begin_layout Enumerate
7925 \begin_layout Standard
7926 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7932 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7933 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7937 \begin_layout Subsection
7938 Usage and General Features
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7951 is the innermost possible depth.
7952 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7955 \begin_layout Enumerate
7956 level #1 – outermost
7960 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 \begin_layout Enumerate
7970 \begin_layout Enumerate
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7991 both of them in the example.
7992 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8002 For example, if we tried to nest another
8007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8014 , we would get errors.
8017 \begin_layout Subsection
8019 \begin_inset Index idx
8022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8031 \begin_layout Standard
8032 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8033 We have several examples of nested environments.
8034 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8039 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8042 \begin_layout Labeling
8043 \labelwidthstring MMM
8044 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8053 \begin_layout Labeling
8054 \labelwidthstring MMM
8055 #2-a This is level #2.
8056 We created it by using
8059 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8065 arg "depth-increment"
8072 \begin_layout Labeling
8073 \labelwidthstring MMM
8074 #3-a This is level #3.
8075 This time, we just hit
8082 arg "depth-increment"
8086 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8090 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8096 arg "depth-increment"
8103 \begin_layout Standard
8108 environment, nested inside of
8109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8117 So, it's at level #4.
8118 We did this by hitting
8121 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8127 arg "depth-increment"
8130 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8135 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8156 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8159 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8165 \begin_layout Labeling
8166 \labelwidthstring MMM
8167 #4-a This is level #4.
8171 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8174 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8179 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8183 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8188 keep nesting things inside
8189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8200 \begin_layout Labeling
8201 \labelwidthstring MMM
8202 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8207 \begin_layout Labeling
8208 \labelwidthstring MMM
8209 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8210 and this is level #6.
8211 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8215 \begin_layout Labeling
8216 \labelwidthstring MMM
8217 #5-b Back to level #5.
8221 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8227 arg "depth-decrement"
8234 \begin_layout Labeling
8235 \labelwidthstring MMM
8239 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8245 arg "depth-decrement"
8248 , we're back at level #4.
8252 \begin_layout Labeling
8253 \labelwidthstring MMM
8254 #3-b Back to level #3.
8255 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8259 \begin_layout Labeling
8260 \labelwidthstring MMM
8261 #2-b Back to level #2.
8266 \begin_layout Labeling
8267 \labelwidthstring MMM
8268 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8269 After this sentence, we'll hit
8273 and change the paragraph environment back to
8280 \begin_layout Standard
8281 We could have also used the
8297 environment in place of the
8302 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8306 Example 2: Inheritance
8309 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8310 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8313 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8322 arg "depth-increment"
8325 , after which, we'll change to the
8333 \begin_layout Enumerate
8338 environment, at level #2.
8341 \begin_layout Enumerate
8342 Notice how the nested
8346 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8350 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 We ended this example by hitting
8360 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8364 and reset the nesting depth by using
8367 arg "depth-decrement"
8373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8374 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8383 \begin_inset Argument
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8387 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8395 \begin_layout Enumerate
8396 This is level #1, in an
8400 paragraph environment.
8401 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8405 \begin_layout Enumerate
8410 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8416 arg "depth-increment"
8420 Now, what happens if we nest an
8424 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8425 label be? An asterisk?
8429 \begin_layout Itemize
8439 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8440 So, its label is a bullet.
8441 (We got here by using
8444 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8450 arg "depth-increment"
8453 , then changing the environment to
8461 \begin_layout Itemize
8462 Here's level #4, produced using
8465 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8471 arg "depth-increment"
8475 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8480 \begin_layout Enumerate
8481 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8483 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8488 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8492 , because we are in the
8501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8520 \begin_layout Enumerate
8525 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8526 type of numbering does LyX use?
8529 \begin_layout Enumerate
8530 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8533 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8536 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8539 \begin_layout Enumerate
8543 arg "depth-decrement"
8546 to decrease the depth after the next
8549 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8556 \begin_layout Enumerate
8558 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8562 \begin_layout Enumerate
8564 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8565 numeral as the label.Why?
8568 \begin_layout Enumerate
8569 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8578 Notice, however, that LyX
8582 reset the counter for the label.
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8596 arg "depth-decrement"
8599 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8600 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8601 into the twofold-nested
8609 \begin_layout Enumerate
8610 The same thing happens if we do another
8613 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8619 arg "depth-decrement"
8622 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8625 \begin_layout Standard
8626 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8631 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8645 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8651 The same rule applies for the
8655 environment, as well.
8658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8659 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8662 \begin_layout Enumerate
8663 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8664 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8665 same detail with how we did it.
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8682 arg "depth-increment"
8689 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8690 example in parentheses someplace.
8691 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
8692 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8693 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8697 \begin_layout Enumerate
8702 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8707 Now we'll add verse.
8708 \begin_inset Newline newline
8711 It will get much worse.
8712 \begin_inset Newline newline
8722 arg "depth-increment"
8733 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8734 \begin_inset Newline newline
8737 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8738 \begin_inset Newline newline
8744 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8757 \begin_layout Standard
8758 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8764 \begin_layout Standard
8766 \begin_inset Tabular
8767 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8768 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8769 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8770 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8869 arg "depth-increment"
8875 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8885 arg "depth-decrement"
8892 \begin_layout Enumerate
8897 : level #1) This is another item.
8898 Note that selecting a
8902 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8903 3 times to put the table inside the
8911 \begin_layout Quotation
8912 We're now ending the
8916 list and changing to
8921 We're still at level #1.
8922 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8923 The next set of paragraphs is a
8924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8938 \begin_inset space ~
8943 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8947 for the letter body.
8951 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8954 to preserve the depth.
8955 Remember that you need to use
8958 arg "newline-insert newline"
8961 to create multiple lines inside the
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8978 \begin_layout Right Address
8980 \begin_inset Newline newline
8983 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8984 \begin_inset Newline newline
8990 \begin_layout Address
8992 \begin_inset space ~
8998 \begin_layout Quotation
8999 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9003 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9004 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9005 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9006 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9007 as soon as possible.
9008 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9011 \begin_layout Quotation
9012 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9013 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9014 with your order, along with payment.
9017 \begin_layout Quotation
9018 We thank you again for your patience.
9021 \begin_layout Address
9023 \begin_inset Newline newline
9030 \begin_layout Quotation
9031 That ends that example!
9034 \begin_layout Standard
9035 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9036 just a few keystrokes.
9037 We could have easily nested an
9058 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9061 \begin_layout Section
9062 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9063 \begin_inset Index idx
9066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9077 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9078 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9079 be broken at the end of a line.
9080 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9084 \begin_layout Subsection
9086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9088 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9093 \begin_inset Index idx
9096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9105 \begin_layout Standard
9106 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9108 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9112 Further documentation is given in section
9113 \begin_inset Newline newline
9117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9119 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9127 \begin_layout Standard
9128 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9152 A protected space is set with
9154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9155 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9159 \begin_inset space ~
9169 arg "space-insert protected"
9175 \begin_layout Subsection
9177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9179 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9184 \begin_inset Index idx
9187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9188 Spacing ! Horizontal
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9197 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9199 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9200 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9204 The length units are listed in Appendix
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9211 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9222 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9227 \begin_inset Index idx
9230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9239 \begin_layout Standard
9241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9245 \begin_inset space \space{}
9248 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9249 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9250 \begin_inset space ~
9254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9256 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9261 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9262 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9265 arg "space-insert normal"
9271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9275 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9280 \begin_inset Index idx
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9301 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9310 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9311 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9312 inside abbreviations:
9317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9324 \begin_layout Standard
9325 or between values and units.
9326 Compare for example this:
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9341 \begin_layout Standard
9342 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9345 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9347 \begin_inset space ~
9355 arg "space-insert thin"
9361 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9365 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9372 \begin_layout Standard
9373 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9376 \begin_layout Description
9378 \begin_inset space ~
9382 \begin_inset space ~
9386 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9390 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9394 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9397 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9400 \begin_layout Description
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9410 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9414 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9418 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9425 em) space between the arrows.
9428 \begin_layout Description
9430 \begin_inset space ~
9434 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9438 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9442 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9446 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9450 \begin_inset space ~
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9457 em) space between the arrows.
9460 \begin_layout Description
9462 \begin_inset space ~
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9470 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9474 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9478 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9482 \begin_inset space ~
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 em) space between the arrows.
9492 \begin_layout Description
9494 \begin_inset space ~
9498 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9502 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9507 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9514 cm space between the arrows.
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9519 \begin_inset space ~
9523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9525 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9529 lists the different space sizes.
9532 \begin_layout Standard
9533 \begin_inset Float table
9538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9540 \begin_inset Caption
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9545 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9549 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset Tabular
9560 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9561 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9562 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9563 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9603 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9786 \begin_inset Index idx
9789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9798 \begin_layout Standard
9799 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9800 in a uniform fashion.
9801 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9802 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9803 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9804 equally between themselves.
9808 \begin_layout Standard
9809 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9814 This is on the left side
9815 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9818 This is on the right
9824 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9828 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9837 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9841 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9845 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 That was an example in the
9858 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9862 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9866 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9869 is one in a standard paragraph.
9870 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9874 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9877 \begin_layout Standard
9878 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9881 \begin_inset space ~
9886 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9889 \begin_layout Standard
9891 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9895 \begin_inset space ~
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9907 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9915 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9919 \begin_inset space ~
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9927 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9939 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9943 \begin_inset space ~
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9955 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9970 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9974 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9975 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9976 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9980 option in the space dialog.
9988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9990 \begin_inset Index idx
9993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10002 \begin_layout Standard
10003 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10009 \begin_inset space \space{}
10012 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10015 \begin_layout Standard
10016 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10019 What is correct English?:
10020 \begin_inset Newline newline
10024 \begin_inset Newline newline
10028 \begin_inset space ~
10031 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10032 \begin_inset Newline newline
10036 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10047 \begin_inset Newline newline
10051 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10062 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10074 \begin_inset space ~
10078 \begin_inset space ~
10082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10086 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10089 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10093 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10099 \begin_inset space ~
10103 \begin_inset space ~
10107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10110 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10119 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10120 That is why it is named
10121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10130 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10134 \begin_layout Subsection
10136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10138 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10143 \begin_inset Index idx
10146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10155 \begin_layout Standard
10156 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10159 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10161 \begin_inset space ~
10167 There you find the following sizes:
10170 \begin_layout Standard
10183 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10188 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10190 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10194 \begin_inset Index idx
10197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10198 Document ! Settings
10203 for the paragraph separation.
10204 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10215 \begin_layout Standard
10221 \begin_inset Index idx
10224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10230 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10231 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10233 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10234 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10243 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10252 s are described in section
10253 \begin_inset space ~
10257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10259 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10268 If there are several
10272 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10273 You can therefore use
10277 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10285 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10286 \begin_inset space ~
10290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10292 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10299 \begin_layout Standard
10300 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10310 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10311 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10323 \begin_layout Subsection
10324 Paragraph Alignment
10327 \begin_layout Standard
10328 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10330 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10334 There are five possibilities:
10337 \begin_layout Itemize
10345 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10351 \begin_layout Itemize
10359 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10365 \begin_layout Itemize
10373 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10379 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10393 \begin_layout Itemize
10401 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10408 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10409 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10410 the left and right margins.
10411 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10414 \begin_layout Standard
10416 This paragraph is right aligned,
10419 \begin_layout Standard
10421 this one is centered,
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10426 this one is left aligned.
10429 \begin_layout Subsection
10431 \begin_inset Index idx
10434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10435 Page breaks ! Forced
10441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10443 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10451 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
10452 can force a page break where you want one.
10453 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10454 Only if you use a lot of
10458 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10461 \begin_layout Standard
10462 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
10463 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10467 have to change the page breaking.
10470 \begin_layout Standard
10471 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
10473 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10476 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10478 \begin_inset space ~
10484 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10489 \begin_inset space ~
10494 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10496 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10497 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10500 \begin_layout Standard
10501 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10502 at the top of a page.
10503 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10504 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10505 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10506 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10510 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10514 to learn more about
10521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10525 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10530 \begin_inset Index idx
10533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10534 Page breaks ! Clear
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
10544 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10545 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10546 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10547 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10550 \begin_layout Standard
10551 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10554 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10556 \begin_inset space ~
10562 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10567 \begin_inset space ~
10571 \begin_inset space ~
10576 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10577 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10580 \begin_layout Subsection
10582 \begin_inset Index idx
10585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10594 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10604 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10607 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10609 \begin_inset space ~
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10621 arg "newline-insert newline"
10625 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10628 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10630 \begin_inset space ~
10634 \begin_inset space ~
10639 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10641 This is necessary to avoid
10642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10649 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10653 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10654 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10655 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10656 set a line break, e.
10657 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10661 \begin_inset space \space{}
10664 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10665 \begin_inset space ~
10669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10671 reference "sec:Quote"
10676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10678 reference "sec:Verse"
10683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10685 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10692 \begin_layout Subsection
10694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10696 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10701 \begin_inset Index idx
10704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10730 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10732 \begin_inset space ~
10737 you can insert horizontal lines.
10738 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10739 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10755 \begin_layout Section
10756 Characters and Symbols
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10760 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10761 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10766 \begin_inset space \space{}
10769 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10777 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10781 for information on how this is done.
10784 \begin_layout Standard
10785 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10790 dialog via the menu
10792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10793 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10799 \begin_layout Standard
10800 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10808 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10809 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10810 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10818 \begin_layout Section
10819 Fonts and Text Styles
10820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10822 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10829 \begin_layout Subsection
10831 \begin_inset Index idx
10834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10844 There are two types of fonts:
10847 \begin_layout Description
10849 \begin_inset space ~
10853 \begin_inset Index idx
10856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10862 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10867 characters) in the font.
10868 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10869 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10870 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10871 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10872 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10873 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10874 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10875 \begin_inset Newline newline
10878 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10879 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10880 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10881 sizes than at small ones.
10882 \begin_inset Newline newline
10896 \begin_inset space ~
10904 \begin_layout Description
10906 \begin_inset space ~
10910 \begin_inset Index idx
10913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10919 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10920 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10921 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10922 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10923 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10924 picture manipulation program.
10925 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10926 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10927 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10928 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10929 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10931 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10932 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10933 \begin_inset Newline newline
10936 Bitmap fonts are named
10939 \begin_inset space ~
10944 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10947 \begin_layout Standard
10948 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10949 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10950 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10951 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10952 use scalable fonts.
10955 \begin_layout Standard
10956 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10957 its document properties.
10960 \begin_layout Standard
10961 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10962 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10963 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10964 font to emphasize text, you use an
10965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10973 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10974 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10978 \begin_layout Subsection
10980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10982 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
10989 \begin_layout Standard
10990 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
10991 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
10992 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
10994 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
10995 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
10996 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
10997 to usual word processors.
10998 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
10999 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11000 across different machines.
11001 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11002 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11004 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11006 \begin_inset space ~
11010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11012 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11017 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11018 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11022 \begin_layout Standard
11023 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11024 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11025 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11026 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11027 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11028 that is installed on your system.
11029 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11032 \begin_layout Standard
11033 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11041 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11042 es; so you might have to experiment.
11050 \begin_layout Standard
11051 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11059 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11060 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11068 \begin_layout Subsection
11069 Document Font and Font size
11070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11072 name "sub:Document-Font"
11077 \begin_inset Index idx
11080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11087 \begin_inset Index idx
11090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11100 You can set the document fonts in the
11102 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11106 \begin_inset Index idx
11109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11110 Document ! Settings
11120 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11121 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11124 \begin_inset space ~
11133 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11134 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11138 \begin_layout Standard
11145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11154 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11155 This requires that you use
11161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 as output format, i.
11201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11205 \begin_inset space ~
11208 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11209 \begin_inset space ~
11213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11215 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11220 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11222 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11224 \begin_inset space ~
11227 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11228 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11229 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11231 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11235 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11240 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11245 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11246 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11268 European Computer Modern
11271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11278 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11290 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11291 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11296 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11304 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11310 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11311 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11314 \begin_layout Itemize
11323 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11337 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11341 as the default font.
11342 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11343 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11356 One difference is improved kerning for the
11368 \begin_layout Itemize
11377 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11381 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11396 Virtual means that it
11397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11408 -glyphs from other fonts.
11409 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11431 Loading the LaTeX-package
11436 \begin_inset Index idx
11439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11440 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11445 with the document preamble line
11446 \begin_inset Newline newline
11453 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11454 \begin_inset Newline newline
11459 will fix the guillemet problem.
11464 and that accented characters are not
11468 glyph, but build of
11472 characters, the accent and the letter.
11473 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11479 If you search for example for the French word
11480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11487 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11496 and not for the glyph
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11501 \begin_inset space ~
11505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Itemize
11512 If you do not like the look of
11520 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11539 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11540 \begin_inset space ~
11543 serif and typewriter fonts
11547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11548 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11560 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11573 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11587 , but you can also select your own.
11588 \begin_inset Newline newline
11591 The differences between roman,
11594 \begin_inset space ~
11603 fonts are explained in section
11604 \begin_inset space ~
11608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11610 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11615 \begin_inset Newline newline
11622 was originally designed for newspapers.
11623 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11624 into the small newspaper columns.
11629 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11630 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11633 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11646 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11651 depends on the class you are using.
11652 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11655 \begin_layout Standard
11656 Note that the font size is the
11661 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11662 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11663 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11666 \begin_inset space ~
11672 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11673 \begin_inset space ~
11677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11679 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11686 \begin_layout Standard
11691 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11693 \begin_inset space ~
11696 serif or typewriter.
11701 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11711 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11714 \begin_layout Standard
11723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11732 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11738 \begin_inset space ~
11742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11744 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11749 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11750 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11757 \begin_layout Standard
11758 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11760 Use Old Style Figures
11764 Use True Small Caps
11767 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11770 Use Old Style Figures
11772 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11774 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11778 \begin_inset space ~
11781 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11784 Use True Small Caps
11786 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11787 of scaled capitals.
11788 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11789 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11792 \begin_layout Standard
11797 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11798 a font to display the script characters.
11802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11803 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11808 So this has no effect for the document language
11824 \begin_layout Standard
11825 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11829 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11837 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11841 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11842 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11843 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11845 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11848 dialog, see section
11849 \begin_inset space ~
11853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11855 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11867 \begin_layout Subsection
11868 Using Different Character Styles
11869 \begin_inset Index idx
11872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11879 \begin_inset Index idx
11882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11893 certain paragraph environments.
11894 LyX supports two character styles,
11903 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11907 \begin_layout Standard
11912 style, do one of the following:
11915 \begin_layout Itemize
11916 click on the toolbar button
11925 \begin_layout Itemize
11926 use the key binding
11935 \begin_layout Standard
11936 These commands are all toggles.
11941 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11944 \begin_layout Standard
11945 One typically uses the
11949 style for proper names.
11951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11958 is the original author of LyX.
11959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11965 \begin_layout Standard
11966 A more widely used character style is the
11971 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11978 \begin_layout Itemize
11979 clicking on the toolbar button
11988 \begin_layout Itemize
11989 using the keybindings
11998 \begin_layout Standard
12003 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12004 es use a different font.
12007 \begin_layout Standard
12008 We've been using the
12012 style all over the place in this document.
12013 Here's one more example:
12016 \begin_layout Quotation
12019 Don't overuse character styles!
12022 \begin_layout Standard
12023 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12024 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12025 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12026 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12031 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12041 \begin_inset space ~
12049 \begin_layout Subsection
12050 Fine-Tuning with the
12055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12057 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12062 \begin_inset Index idx
12065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12074 \begin_layout Standard
12075 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12076 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12077 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12078 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12079 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12080 from ordinary dialog.
12083 \begin_layout Standard
12084 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12085 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12086 \begin_inset Newline newline
12089 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12090 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12093 \begin_layout Standard
12094 To use custom character styles, open the
12096 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12098 \begin_inset space ~
12101 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12102 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12106 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12107 font property which you can choose.
12108 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12111 \begin_inset space ~
12116 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12121 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12122 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12123 environments in a snap.
12126 \begin_layout Standard
12127 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12130 \begin_inset space ~
12142 \begin_layout Labeling
12143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12157 The possible options are:
12161 \begin_layout Labeling
12162 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12167 This is the Roman font family.
12168 Normally a serif font.
12169 It's also the default family.
12179 \begin_layout Labeling
12180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12184 \begin_inset space ~
12191 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12203 \begin_layout Labeling
12204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12211 This is the Typewriter font family.
12217 arg "font-typewriter"
12226 \begin_layout Labeling
12227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12232 This corresponds to the print weight.
12237 \begin_layout Labeling
12238 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12243 This is the Medium font series.
12244 It's also the default series.
12247 \begin_layout Labeling
12248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12255 This is the Bold font series.
12268 \begin_layout Labeling
12269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12274 As the name implies.
12279 \begin_layout Labeling
12280 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12285 This is the Upright font shape.
12286 It's also the default shape.
12289 \begin_layout Labeling
12290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12304 s the Italic font shape
12310 \begin_layout Labeling
12311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12318 This is the Slanted font shape
12320 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12323 \begin_layout Labeling
12324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12328 \begin_inset space ~
12335 This is the Small caps font shape
12342 \begin_layout Labeling
12343 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12348 Alters the size of the font.
12349 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12350 nal to the document font size.
12351 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12352 what you want to do.
12357 \begin_layout Labeling
12358 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12379 arg "font-size tiny"
12385 \begin_layout Labeling
12386 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12407 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12413 \begin_layout Labeling
12414 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12435 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12441 \begin_layout Labeling
12442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12463 arg "font-size small"
12469 \begin_layout Labeling
12470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12484 It's also the default size.
12488 arg "font-size normal"
12494 \begin_layout Labeling
12495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12516 arg "font-size large"
12522 \begin_layout Labeling
12523 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12544 arg "font-size larger"
12550 \begin_layout Labeling
12551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12572 arg "font-size largest"
12578 \begin_layout Labeling
12579 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12600 arg "font-size huge"
12606 \begin_layout Labeling
12607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 arg "font-size giant"
12634 \begin_layout Labeling
12635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12640 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 arg "font-size increase"
12666 \begin_layout Labeling
12667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12672 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12692 arg "font-size decrease"
12699 \begin_layout Standard
12704 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12705 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12706 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12707 — use that instead.
12708 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12711 \begin_layout Labeling
12712 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12717 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12722 \begin_layout Labeling
12723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12730 This is text with emphasize on
12733 This might seem like the same as
12737 , but it is actually a bit different.
12743 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12745 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12748 \begin_layout Labeling
12749 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12756 This is text with Underbar on.
12762 arg "font-underline"
12768 \begin_inset Newline newline
12773 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12774 when you couldn't change fonts.
12775 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12776 It's only included in LyX because some people
12780 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12783 \begin_layout Labeling
12784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12788 \begin_inset space ~
12795 This is text with Double underbar on.
12801 arg "font-underunderline"
12805 \begin_inset Newline newline
12808 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
12809 about double underbar.
12812 \begin_layout Labeling
12813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12817 \begin_inset space ~
12824 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
12830 arg "font-underwave"
12834 \begin_inset Newline newline
12837 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
12838 Keep antinausea pills handy.
12841 \begin_layout Labeling
12842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12849 This is text with Strikeout on.
12855 arg "font-strikeout"
12858 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
12862 \begin_layout Labeling
12863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12870 This is text with Noun on.
12877 , this is a logical attribute.
12878 Normally it's equivalent to
12881 \begin_inset space ~
12890 \begin_layout Labeling
12891 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12896 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12897 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12901 \begin_inset space ~
12906 , which is the default
12907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12914 and means normally black, you can choose between
12947 \begin_inset Index idx
12950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_layout Labeling
12960 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12965 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12966 the language of the document.
12967 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12973 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12975 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12977 \begin_inset space ~
12982 dialog, the settings are saved.
12983 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12986 arg "textstyle-apply"
12990 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
12995 \begin_layout Standard
12996 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13003 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13004 (suppose you just set the shape to
13005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13023 \begin_inset space ~
13035 \begin_layout Standard
13036 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13044 \begin_inset space ~
13056 \begin_layout Itemize
13062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13087 \begin_inset Newline newline
13091 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13105 \begin_inset Note Note
13108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13109 For more on phantoms see section
13110 \begin_inset space ~
13114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13116 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13126 \begin_inset Newline newline
13132 \begin_layout Itemize
13137 fonts use characters with serifs.
13138 These are the small
13139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13146 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13147 The following example will show the difference:
13148 \begin_inset Newline newline
13152 \begin_inset Newline newline
13157 text without serifs
13160 \begin_inset Newline newline
13163 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13164 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13171 \begin_layout Itemize
13177 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13178 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13181 \begin_layout Standard
13182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13189 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13190 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13191 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13193 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13194 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13195 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13212 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13213 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13221 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13230 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13265 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13274 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13278 \begin_layout Standard
13279 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13280 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13283 \begin_layout Section
13284 Printing and Previewing
13287 \begin_layout Subsection
13291 \begin_layout Standard
13292 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13293 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13294 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13295 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13296 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13298 Additional Features
13303 \begin_layout Standard
13304 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13305 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13306 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13307 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13308 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13309 This happens in two stages:
13312 \begin_layout Enumerate
13313 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13314 generating a file with the extension,
13315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13329 \begin_layout Enumerate
13330 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13334 file to produce printable output.
13338 \begin_layout Subsection
13339 Output file formats
13340 \begin_inset Index idx
13343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13352 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13360 Simple text (ASCII)
13361 \begin_inset Index idx
13364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13365 File formats ! ASCII
13373 \begin_layout Standard
13374 This file type has the extension
13375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13387 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13391 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13398 \begin_layout Standard
13399 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13401 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13402 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 \begin_inset space ~
13411 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13412 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13414 \begin_inset space ~
13418 \begin_inset space ~
13424 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13430 \begin_inset Index idx
13433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13434 File formats ! LaTeX
13442 \begin_layout Standard
13443 This file type has the extension
13444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13455 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13457 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13458 it manually with console commands.
13459 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13460 you view or export your document.
13463 \begin_layout Standard
13464 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13466 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13467 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13484 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13486 \begin_inset Index idx
13489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13498 \begin_layout Standard
13499 This file type has the extension
13500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13520 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13521 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13522 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13526 \begin_layout Standard
13527 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13528 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13529 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13530 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13532 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13535 \begin_layout Standard
13536 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13538 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13539 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13544 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13545 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13547 \begin_inset space ~
13554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13564 The latter option uses the program
13573 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13574 font access (see section
13575 \begin_inset space ~
13579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13581 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13586 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13590 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13592 \begin_inset Index idx
13595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13596 File formats ! PostScript
13604 \begin_layout Standard
13605 This file type has the extension
13606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13618 PostScript was developed by the company
13622 as a printer language.
13623 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13625 PostScript can be seen as a
13626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13629 programming language
13630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13633 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13638 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13644 \begin_inset Index idx
13647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13648 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13658 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13661 \begin_layout Standard
13662 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13666 Encapsulated PostScript
13667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13670 (EPS, file extension
13671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13683 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13684 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13689 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13693 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13694 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13695 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13696 EPS to avoid this problem.
13699 \begin_layout Standard
13700 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13703 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13709 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13711 \begin_inset Index idx
13714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13721 \begin_inset Index idx
13724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13733 \begin_layout Standard
13734 This file type has the extension
13735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13751 Portable Document Format
13752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13759 was derived from PostScript.
13760 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13769 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13770 looks exactly the same.
13773 \begin_layout Standard
13774 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13778 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13782 (JPG, file extension
13783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 Portable Network Graphics
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13814 (PNG, file extension
13815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13827 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13828 in the background to one of these formats.
13829 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13830 will slow down your workflow.
13831 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13834 \begin_layout Standard
13835 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13837 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13840 in three different ways:
13843 \begin_layout Description
13844 PDF This uses the program
13848 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13849 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13853 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13854 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13857 \begin_layout Description
13859 \begin_inset space ~
13862 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13866 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13870 \begin_layout Description
13872 \begin_inset space ~
13875 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13879 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13882 \begin_layout Description
13884 \begin_inset space ~
13891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13898 X) This uses the program
13902 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13907 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13908 font access (see section
13909 \begin_inset space ~
13913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13915 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13920 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13923 \begin_layout Description
13925 \begin_inset space ~
13932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13939 X) This uses the program
13943 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13948 is an even newer engine, derived from
13952 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13953 access (see section
13954 \begin_inset space ~
13958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13960 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13965 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13969 \begin_layout Standard
13970 We recommend to use
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13982 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13983 works without problems.
13984 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
13985 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
13989 \begin_inset space ~
13996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14008 \begin_inset space ~
14015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14024 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14032 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14034 \begin_inset Index idx
14037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14038 FileFormats ! XHTML
14044 \begin_inset Index idx
14047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14056 \begin_layout Standard
14057 This file type has the extension
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14070 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14071 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14072 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14073 suitable for the purpose.
14074 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14075 it, but not all do.
14078 \begin_layout Standard
14079 XHTML output remains
14080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14087 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14092 LyX and the World Wide Web
14093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14098 Additional Features
14100 manual, for more information.
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14106 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14107 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14113 \begin_layout Subsection
14115 \begin_inset Index idx
14118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14127 \begin_layout Standard
14128 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14129 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14138 or the toolbar button
14145 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14146 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14147 \begin_inset space ~
14151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14153 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14157 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14159 \begin_inset space ~
14163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14165 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14170 Further output formats can be selected via
14172 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14175 or the toolbar button
14176 \begin_inset Graphics
14177 filename ../images/view-others.png
14179 groupId toolbarbuttons
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14187 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14188 viewer window using the menu
14190 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14195 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14196 Update (Other Formats)
14201 \begin_layout Standard
14202 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14204 To have a real output, export your document.
14207 \begin_layout Subsection
14208 Printing the File from within LyX
14209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14211 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14218 \begin_layout Standard
14219 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14220 it directly from within LyX.
14221 To print a file, select the menu
14223 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14226 or click on the toolbar button
14229 arg "dialog-show print"
14233 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14234 This file is then processed by the program
14238 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14243 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14246 \begin_layout Standard
14247 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14248 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14249 printing one set to print on the other side.
14250 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14251 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14252 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14255 \begin_layout Standard
14256 You can set the parameters in the
14259 \begin_inset space ~
14267 \begin_layout Labeling
14268 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14273 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14278 Note that this printer name is for the program
14287 has to be configured for this printer name.
14288 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14289 \begin_inset space ~
14293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14295 reference "sub:Printer"
14304 The printer should understand PostScript.
14307 \begin_layout Labeling
14308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14313 The name of a file to print to.
14314 The output will be a PostScript file.
14315 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14319 \begin_layout Section
14320 A few Words about Typography
14321 \begin_inset Index idx
14324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14333 \begin_layout Subsection
14335 \begin_inset Index idx
14338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14360 character comes in four lengths: the
14372 , and the minus sign:
14373 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14379 \begin_layout Standard
14380 \begin_inset Tabular
14381 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14382 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14383 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14384 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14385 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14386 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14415 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14480 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14482 \begin_inset space ~
14485 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14492 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14519 \begin_inset space ~
14522 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14543 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14577 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14583 \begin_layout Standard
14584 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 character multiple times in a row.
14597 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14598 the final output, but not in LyX.
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14630 \begin_layout Standard
14631 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14632 math mode and has a length of its own.
14633 Here are some examples of the
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14648 \begin_layout Enumerate
14649 line- and page-breaks
14650 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14660 \begin_layout Enumerate
14662 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14672 \begin_layout Enumerate
14673 Oh — there's a dash.
14674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14684 \begin_layout Enumerate
14685 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14699 \begin_layout Subsection
14701 \begin_inset Index idx
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14713 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14720 \begin_layout Standard
14721 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14722 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14727 \begin_inset Index idx
14730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14731 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14736 following the rules of the document language
14740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14741 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14749 \begin_inset space ~
14753 \begin_inset space ~
14760 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14771 \begin_layout Standard
14772 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14777 font and with unusual constructs, like
14778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14786 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14787 This is done with the menu
14789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14790 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14792 \begin_inset space ~
14798 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14799 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14802 \begin_layout Standard
14803 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14804 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14814 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14822 as a hyphenation possibility.
14823 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14824 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14825 as described in section
14826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14829 Prevent Hyphenation
14830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14840 \begin_layout Subsection
14842 \begin_inset Index idx
14845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14855 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14858 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14865 \begin_layout Standard
14866 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14867 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14868 LaTeX then adds the
14869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14872 appropriate amount of space
14873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14877 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14879 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14882 \begin_layout Standard
14883 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14884 not work in all cases.
14886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14897 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14898 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14902 Here are some examples of
14906 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14909 \begin_layout Itemize
14914 \begin_layout Itemize
14919 \begin_layout Standard
14920 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14923 \begin_layout Itemize
14925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14929 this is too much space!
14932 \begin_layout Itemize
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14938 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14942 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14945 \begin_layout Enumerate
14949 \begin_inset space ~
14954 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14955 \begin_inset space ~
14959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14961 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14966 \begin_inset Index idx
14969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14970 Spaces ! inter-word
14978 \begin_layout Enumerate
14982 \begin_inset space ~
14987 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14988 \begin_inset space ~
14992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14994 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14999 \begin_inset Index idx
15002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15011 \begin_layout Enumerate
15015 \begin_inset space ~
15019 \begin_inset space ~
15023 \begin_inset space ~
15030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 \begin_inset space ~
15037 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15038 This function is also bound to
15041 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15051 \begin_layout Itemize
15053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15057 \begin_inset space \space{}
15060 this is too much space!
15063 \begin_layout Itemize
15064 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15068 \begin_layout Standard
15069 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15070 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15071 will take care of this.
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15075 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15079 \begin_inset space ~
15084 feature described in section
15090 Additional Features
15095 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15097 \begin_inset Index idx
15100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15101 Typography ! Quotes
15107 \begin_inset Index idx
15110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15141 \begin_layout Standard
15142 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15143 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15144 and use a closing quote at the end.
15146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15154 The keyboard character,
15158 , generates this automatically.
15161 \begin_layout Standard
15162 You can change the behavior of the
15166 key using the submenu
15172 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15176 \begin_inset Index idx
15179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15180 Document ! Settings
15188 \begin_layout Standard
15189 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15194 There are six choices:
15197 \begin_layout Labeling
15198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15210 Use quotes like this
15211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15219 \begin_inset Quotes els
15223 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15229 \begin_layout Labeling
15230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15233 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15237 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15243 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15247 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15251 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15257 \begin_layout Labeling
15258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15261 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15265 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15271 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15275 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15279 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15283 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15289 \begin_layout Labeling
15290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15293 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15297 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15303 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15307 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15311 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15315 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15321 \begin_layout Labeling
15322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15325 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15329 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15335 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15339 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15343 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15347 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15353 \begin_layout Labeling
15354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15357 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15361 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15367 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15371 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15375 \begin_inset Quotes als
15379 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15385 \begin_layout Standard
15386 These settings affect what character the
15393 \begin_layout Subsection
15395 \begin_inset Index idx
15398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15399 Typography ! Ligatures
15405 \begin_inset Index idx
15408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15439 name "sub:Ligatures"
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15447 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15448 print them as single characters.
15449 These groups are known as
15454 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15456 Here are the standard ligatures:
15459 \begin_layout Itemize
15463 \begin_layout Itemize
15467 \begin_layout Itemize
15471 \begin_layout Itemize
15475 \begin_layout Itemize
15479 \begin_layout Standard
15480 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15483 \begin_layout Standard
15484 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15485 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15493 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15509 To break a ligature, use
15511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15512 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15514 \begin_inset space ~
15521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15532 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15549 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15557 \begin_layout Subsection
15559 \begin_inset Index idx
15562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15571 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15579 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15580 characters in different sizes and heights.
15581 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15582 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15602 \begin_inset Note Note
15605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15606 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15614 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15615 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15620 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15624 \begin_layout Description
15625 LyX The name of the game, write
15626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15647 \begin_layout Description
15648 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15670 \begin_layout Description
15671 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15693 \begin_layout Description
15694 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15716 \begin_layout Standard
15717 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15722 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15730 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15731 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15732 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15735 : The actual version is
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15743 , the previous one was
15744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15755 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15760 \begin_inset space \space{}
15763 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15765 This will look in LyX like:
15766 \begin_inset Graphics
15767 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15773 \begin_inset Newline newline
15776 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15777 \begin_inset space ~
15781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15783 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15790 \begin_layout Subsection
15792 \begin_inset Index idx
15795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15804 \begin_layout Standard
15805 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15806 space between two words.
15807 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15817 for units use the menu
15819 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15820 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15822 \begin_inset space ~
15830 arg "space-insert thin"
15836 \begin_layout Standard
15837 Here's an example to show the differences:
15840 \begin_layout Standard
15841 \begin_inset Tabular
15842 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15843 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15844 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15845 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 \begin_inset space ~
15856 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15868 space between number and unit
15875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15884 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15896 half space between number and unit
15909 \begin_layout Subsection
15911 \begin_inset Index idx
15914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15915 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15923 \begin_layout Standard
15924 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15926 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15927 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15928 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15929 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15930 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15931 These bits of text became known as
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15943 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15944 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15945 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15946 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15947 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15948 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15949 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15952 \begin_layout Standard
15953 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15954 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15955 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15956 \begin_inset space ~
15960 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15962 key "latexcompanion"
15967 \begin_inset space ~
15971 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15977 ] may have more information.
15978 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15981 \begin_layout Chapter
15982 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15985 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15992 \begin_layout Standard
15993 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15998 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16001 \begin_layout Section
16003 \begin_inset Index idx
16006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16022 \begin_layout Standard
16023 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16026 \begin_layout Description
16028 \begin_inset space ~
16031 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16032 \begin_inset Newline newline
16036 \begin_inset Note Note
16039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16040 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16048 \begin_layout Description
16049 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16050 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16052 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16053 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16054 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16057 \begin_inset Newline newline
16061 \begin_inset Note Comment
16064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16065 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16073 \begin_layout Description
16075 \begin_inset space ~
16078 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16079 \begin_inset Newline newline
16083 \begin_inset Newline newline
16087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16096 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16097 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16098 How this can be done is explained in the
16107 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16113 \begin_inset Newline newline
16117 \begin_inset Newline newline
16120 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16121 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16124 \begin_layout Standard
16125 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16137 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16140 \begin_layout Section
16142 \begin_inset Index idx
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16154 name "sec:Footnotes"
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16162 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16168 or the toolbar button
16171 arg "footnote-insert"
16183 \begin_inset Graphics
16184 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16193 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16222 label, the box will
16226 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16227 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16240 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16257 Here's an example footnote:
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16266 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16274 \begin_layout Standard
16275 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16276 position where the footnote box is placed.
16277 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16278 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16279 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16280 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16281 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16286 ey are described in the
16293 \begin_layout Section
16295 \begin_inset Index idx
16298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16307 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16315 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16316 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16320 \begin_inset space ~
16325 or the toolbar button
16328 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16354 appearing within your text.
16355 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16364 \begin_layout Standard
16365 At the side is an example marginal note.
16369 \begin_inset Marginal
16372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 This is a marginal note.
16381 \begin_layout Standard
16382 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16383 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16384 pages, right on odd pages.
16387 \begin_layout Section
16388 Graphics and Images
16389 \begin_inset Index idx
16392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16399 \begin_inset Index idx
16402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16411 name "sec:Graphics"
16418 \begin_layout Standard
16419 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16420 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16423 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16432 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16435 \begin_layout Standard
16436 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16441 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16442 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16444 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16445 \begin_inset space ~
16449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16451 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16463 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16464 of the image in the output.
16465 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16469 \begin_inset space ~
16473 \begin_inset space ~
16482 \begin_inset space ~
16486 \begin_inset space ~
16490 \begin_inset space ~
16495 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16496 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16504 \begin_layout Standard
16507 LaTeX and LyX options
16509 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16510 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16514 \begin_inset space ~
16519 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16520 with the image size is printed.
16524 \begin_inset space ~
16528 \begin_inset space ~
16532 \begin_inset space ~
16537 is explained in the
16548 \begin_layout Standard
16549 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16550 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16552 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16556 \begin_layout Standard
16558 \begin_inset Graphics
16559 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16567 \begin_layout Standard
16568 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16569 the image into a float, see section
16570 \begin_inset space ~
16574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16576 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16583 \begin_layout Subsection
16585 \begin_inset Index idx
16588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16597 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16604 \begin_layout Standard
16605 You can insert images in any known file format.
16606 But as we explained in section
16607 \begin_inset space ~
16611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16613 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16617 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16618 LyX uses therefore the program
16622 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16623 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16624 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16625 \begin_inset space ~
16629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16631 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16638 \begin_layout Standard
16639 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16642 \begin_layout Description
16644 \begin_inset space ~
16647 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16648 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16649 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16653 Graphics Interchange Format
16654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16657 (GIF, file extension
16658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16670 \begin_inset Index idx
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16705 Portable Network Graphics
16706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16709 (PNG, file extension
16710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16722 \begin_inset Index idx
16725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16757 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16761 (JPG, file extension
16762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16786 \begin_inset Index idx
16789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 \begin_layout Description
16822 \begin_inset space ~
16825 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16827 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16828 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16829 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16830 \begin_inset Newline newline
16833 Scalable image formats can be
16834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16837 Scalable Vector Graphics
16838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16841 (SVG, file extension
16842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16854 \begin_inset Index idx
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16889 Encapsulated PostScript
16890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16893 (EPS, file extension
16894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16906 \begin_inset Index idx
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16941 Portable Document Format
16942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16945 (PDF, file extension
16946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16958 \begin_inset Index idx
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16969 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16970 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16976 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16984 \begin_layout Standard
16985 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16989 \begin_layout Subsection
16990 Grouping of Image Settings
16991 \begin_inset Index idx
16994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 Images ! Settings grouping
17003 \begin_layout Standard
17004 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17006 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17007 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17009 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17010 need to manually change each of them.
17014 \begin_layout Standard
17015 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17018 \begin_inset space ~
17023 field in the Graphics dialog.
17024 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17025 by checking the name of the desired group.
17028 \begin_layout Section
17030 \begin_inset Index idx
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17049 \begin_layout Standard
17050 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17053 arg "tabular-insert"
17058 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17062 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17063 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17064 from the rest of the table.
17065 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17066 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17068 Here's an example table:
17071 \begin_layout Standard
17073 \begin_inset Tabular
17074 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17075 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17076 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17077 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17078 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17079 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 \begin_layout Subsection
17283 \begin_layout Standard
17284 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17285 brings up the table dialog.
17286 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17287 where the cursor is placed currently.
17288 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17289 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17290 done on all of your selection.
17293 \begin_layout Standard
17294 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17297 \begin_inset space ~
17302 helps you in setting table properties.
17303 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17306 \begin_layout Standard
17310 \begin_inset space ~
17315 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17316 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17317 current cell respectively.
17318 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17320 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17321 of text, see section
17322 \begin_inset space ~
17326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17328 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17335 \begin_layout Standard
17336 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17337 using the check box
17346 This will merge the cells to
17350 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17351 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17352 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17353 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17354 in the last row without the upper border:
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17359 \begin_inset Tabular
17360 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17361 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17362 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17363 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17496 \begin_layout Standard
17497 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17498 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17499 explained in the tables section of the
17502 \begin_inset space ~
17508 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17512 degrees counterclockwise.
17513 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17516 \begin_layout Standard
17517 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 Most DVI-viewers are
17529 able to display rotations.
17537 \begin_layout Standard
17542 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17547 adds lines for all cell borders.
17550 \begin_layout Subsection
17552 \begin_inset Index idx
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 Tables ! Longtables
17562 \begin_inset Index idx
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 \begin_layout Standard
17575 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17578 \begin_inset space ~
17582 \begin_inset space ~
17591 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17592 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17595 \begin_layout Description
17600 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17601 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17602 except for the first page, if
17605 \begin_inset space ~
17613 \begin_layout Description
17617 \begin_inset space ~
17622 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17623 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17626 \begin_layout Description
17631 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17632 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17633 except for the last page, if
17636 \begin_inset space ~
17644 \begin_layout Description
17648 \begin_inset space ~
17653 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17654 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17657 \begin_layout Description
17658 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17659 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17665 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17668 \begin_inset space ~
17676 \begin_layout Standard
17677 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17678 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17679 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17680 The others will then be defined as
17685 In this context, first means first in this order:
17688 \begin_inset space ~
17700 \begin_inset space ~
17706 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17709 \begin_layout Standard
17711 \begin_inset Tabular
17712 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17713 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17714 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17715 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17716 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17717 <row endfirsthead="true">
17718 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17729 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17738 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <row endfirsthead="true">
17749 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17769 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <row endhead="true">
17782 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 <row endhead="true">
17813 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <row endfoot="true">
17846 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17857 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17866 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17897 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18838 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18847 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18856 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18898 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18991 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19053 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19177 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19208 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19270 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19301 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19332 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19363 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19394 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19456 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19518 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19549 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19766 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 <row endlastfoot="true">
19828 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19839 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19848 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 \begin_layout Subsection
19867 \begin_inset Index idx
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19879 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19886 \begin_layout Standard
19887 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19888 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19889 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19890 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19894 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19895 for the cell's paragraph.
19898 \begin_layout Standard
19899 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19900 for the column in the table dialog.
19901 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19902 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19906 \begin_layout Standard
19908 \begin_inset Tabular
19909 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19910 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19912 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19933 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20002 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20058 This is longer now.
20063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20114 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20115 This is longer now.
20120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 \begin_layout Standard
20147 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20148 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20153 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20154 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20160 Selection with the mouse or with
20164 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20165 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20166 the selection from outside the table.
20169 \begin_layout Section
20171 \begin_inset Index idx
20174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20190 \begin_layout Standard
20191 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20192 have a fixed location.
20194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20201 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20209 \begin_inset space ~
20214 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20215 too many notes on the page.
20218 \begin_layout Standard
20219 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20220 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20221 and pages without text.
20222 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20223 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20224 Floats are therefore numbered.
20225 Referencing is described in section
20226 \begin_inset space ~
20230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20232 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20239 \begin_layout Standard
20240 To insert a float, use the menu
20242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20246 A box with a caption that has e.
20247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20251 \begin_inset space \space{}
20255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20266 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20267 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20269 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20270 \begin_inset Index idx
20273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20279 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20280 paragraph within the float.
20281 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20282 by left-clicking on the box label.
20283 A closed float box looks like this:
20284 \begin_inset Graphics
20285 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20290 – a gray button with a red label.
20293 \begin_layout Standard
20294 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20295 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20298 \begin_layout Subsection
20302 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20304 \begin_inset Index idx
20307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20308 Floats ! Figure floats
20314 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20316 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20323 \begin_layout Standard
20326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20327 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20330 inserts a float with the label
20331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20337 \begin_inset space ~
20343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20347 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20348 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20349 This is what we did for Figure
20350 \begin_inset space ~
20354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20356 reference "cap:Platypus"
20361 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20362 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20363 This was done in Figure
20364 \begin_inset space ~
20368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20370 reference "cap:Escher"
20377 \begin_layout Standard
20378 \begin_inset Float figure
20383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20385 \begin_inset Graphics
20386 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 \begin_inset Caption
20397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20400 name "cap:Platypus"
20404 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20417 \begin_layout Standard
20418 \begin_inset Float figure
20423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 \begin_inset Caption
20426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20444 \begin_inset Graphics
20445 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20458 \begin_layout Standard
20459 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20461 As described in section
20462 \begin_inset space ~
20466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20468 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20472 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20474 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20477 and refer to it using the menu
20479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20483 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20492 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20504 \begin_layout Standard
20505 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20506 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20507 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20508 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20510 \begin_inset space ~
20514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20516 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20520 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20521 You can also set the images one below the other.
20523 \begin_inset space ~
20527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20529 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20536 reference "fig:Platypus"
20540 are the subfigures.
20543 \begin_layout Standard
20544 \begin_inset Float figure
20549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20550 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20554 \begin_inset Float figure
20559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20560 \begin_inset Caption
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20565 name "fig:Undefinable"
20577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20578 \begin_inset Graphics
20579 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20594 \begin_inset Float figure
20599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 \begin_inset Caption
20602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20605 name "fig:Platypus"
20617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20618 \begin_inset Graphics
20619 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20631 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20638 \begin_inset Caption
20640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20643 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20647 Two distorted images.
20660 \begin_layout Standard
20661 Note that the caption is added to the
20664 \begin_inset space ~
20668 \begin_inset space ~
20673 as described in section
20674 \begin_inset space ~
20678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20680 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20689 \begin_inset Index idx
20692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20693 Floats ! Table floats
20701 \begin_layout Standard
20702 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20704 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20705 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20709 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20712 \begin_inset space ~
20716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20718 reference "cap:Table-float"
20722 is an example of a table float.
20725 \begin_layout Standard
20726 \begin_inset Float table
20731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20732 \begin_inset Caption
20734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20737 name "cap:Table-float"
20749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20751 \begin_inset Tabular
20752 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20753 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20883 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20904 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20907 \end{array}\right]$
20915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20928 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20949 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20951 \begin_inset Index idx
20954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20964 This float type is inserted with the menu
20966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20967 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20971 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20972 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20976 , described in section
20977 \begin_inset space ~
20981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20983 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20990 \begin_layout Standard
20991 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20999 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21005 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21013 floatname{algorithm}{your
21014 \begin_inset space ~
21020 \begin_layout Standard
21021 to the document preamble (menu
21023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21030 \begin_inset space ~
21036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21050 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21052 \begin_inset Index idx
21055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21056 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21064 \begin_layout Standard
21065 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21073 \begin_inset Graphics
21074 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21083 \begin_inset Caption
21085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21088 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21092 This is a wrapped figure.
21093 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21106 This float type is used if you want to
21107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21114 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21116 It can be inserted using the menu
21118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21119 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21121 \begin_inset space ~
21126 if the LaTeX-package
21131 \begin_inset Index idx
21134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21135 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21145 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21148 \begin_inset space ~
21158 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21161 \begin_inset space ~
21165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21167 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21171 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21180 Available units are explained in Appendix
21181 \begin_inset space ~
21185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21187 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21196 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21200 \begin_layout Standard
21201 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21209 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21214 \begin_inset space \space{}
21217 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21218 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21227 \begin_layout Itemize
21228 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21229 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21230 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21231 page breaks will appear.
21234 \begin_layout Itemize
21235 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21236 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21239 \begin_layout Itemize
21240 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21241 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21244 \begin_layout Itemize
21245 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21248 \begin_layout Subsection
21250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21252 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21257 \begin_inset Index idx
21260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21269 \begin_layout Standard
21270 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21271 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21275 \begin_inset space ~
21283 \begin_layout Standard
21284 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21285 have a multicolumn document).
21286 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21289 \begin_inset space ~
21295 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21296 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21303 \begin_layout Standard
21304 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21305 format is also the same: Table
21306 \begin_inset space ~
21310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21312 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21316 is an example of a rotated table float.
21319 \begin_layout Standard
21320 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21328 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21336 \begin_layout Standard
21337 \begin_inset Float table
21342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21343 \begin_inset Caption
21345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21346 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21348 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21362 \begin_inset Tabular
21363 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21364 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21366 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21367 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21368 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21369 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21429 \begin_layout Subsection
21431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21433 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21438 \begin_inset Index idx
21441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21450 \begin_layout Standard
21451 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21452 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21453 \begin_inset Newline newline
21459 \begin_inset space ~
21464 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21465 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21466 \begin_inset Newline newline
21472 \begin_inset space ~
21477 is used to rotate floats, see section
21478 \begin_inset space ~
21482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21484 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21491 \begin_layout Standard
21492 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21493 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21496 \begin_inset space ~
21500 \begin_inset space ~
21508 \begin_layout Description
21510 \begin_inset space ~
21514 \begin_inset space ~
21517 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21520 \begin_layout Description
21522 \begin_inset space ~
21526 \begin_inset space ~
21529 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21532 \begin_layout Description
21534 \begin_inset space ~
21538 \begin_inset space ~
21541 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21544 \begin_layout Description
21546 \begin_inset space ~
21550 \begin_inset space ~
21553 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21556 \begin_layout Standard
21557 The order of the above option is
21562 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21566 \begin_inset space ~
21570 \begin_inset space ~
21578 \begin_inset space ~
21582 \begin_inset space ~
21587 , and then the others.
21588 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21590 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21591 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21594 \begin_layout Standard
21595 By default, each option has its own rules:
21598 \begin_layout Standard
21602 \begin_inset space ~
21606 \begin_inset space ~
21611 only floats occupying less than 70
21612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21615 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21622 \begin_inset space ~
21626 \begin_inset space ~
21631 : only floats occupying less than 30
21632 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21635 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21638 \begin_layout Standard
21642 \begin_inset space ~
21646 \begin_inset space ~
21651 : only if more than 50
21652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21655 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21659 \begin_layout Standard
21660 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21664 \begin_inset space ~
21668 \begin_inset space ~
21676 \begin_layout Standard
21677 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21678 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21679 For this case you can use the option
21682 \begin_inset space ~
21688 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21690 Because the float is then no longer able to
21691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21698 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21702 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21703 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21707 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21709 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21711 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21718 \begin_layout Section
21720 \begin_inset Index idx
21723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21730 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21732 name "sec:Minipages"
21739 \begin_layout Standard
21740 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21742 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21743 \begin_inset space ~
21750 \begin_layout Standard
21751 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21757 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21758 and its alignment within the page.
21761 \begin_layout Standard
21763 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21773 height_special "totalheight"
21776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21779 This is a minipage.
21780 The text is set in an italic style.
21783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21786 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21787 another formatting.
21795 \begin_layout Standard
21796 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21799 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21803 as described in section
21804 \begin_inset space ~
21808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21810 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21815 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21821 \begin_layout Standard
21822 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21832 height_special "totalheight"
21835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21836 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21837 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21843 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21847 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21857 height_special "totalheight"
21860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21861 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21862 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21879 to other box types.
21880 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21891 \begin_layout Chapter
21892 Mathematical Formulas
21893 \begin_inset Index idx
21896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21903 \begin_inset Index idx
21906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21937 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21944 \begin_layout Standard
21945 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21950 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21953 \begin_layout Section
21955 \begin_inset Index idx
21958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 \begin_layout Standard
21968 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21975 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21977 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21978 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21979 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21987 \begin_layout Standard
21988 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21992 \begin_inset space ~
21997 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22000 \begin_layout Standard
22001 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22002 line, like this one:
22005 \begin_layout Standard
22006 This is a line with an inline formula
22007 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22013 \begin_layout Standard
22014 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22016 \begin_inset Formula
22023 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22026 \begin_layout Standard
22027 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22033 \begin_inset space \space{}
22037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22050 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22051 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22055 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22058 \begin_inset space ~
22066 \begin_layout Subsection
22067 Navigating in Formulas
22068 \begin_inset Index idx
22071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22080 \begin_layout Standard
22081 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22082 achieved with the arrow keys.
22083 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22084 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22089 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22090 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22094 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22098 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22101 \end{array}\right]$
22109 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22114 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22115 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22118 \begin_layout Standard
22123 , printed in this document as
22124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22145 \begin_inset Note Note
22148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22149 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22150 space character (visible space).
22155 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22156 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22157 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22162 For example, if you want
22163 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22217 , since in the latter case only the
22220 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22225 will be under the square root sign:
22226 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22232 \begin_layout Standard
22233 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22235 \begin_inset Formula
22237 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22246 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22247 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22250 \begin_layout Subsection
22254 \begin_layout Standard
22255 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22256 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22260 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22261 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22262 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22263 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22264 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22267 \begin_layout Subsection
22268 Exponents and Subscripts
22269 \begin_inset Index idx
22272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22279 \begin_inset Index idx
22282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22291 \begin_layout Standard
22292 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22293 way is to use a command.
22295 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22298 , type in a formula
22304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22320 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22326 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22330 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22351 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22360 , you have to use an extra
22364 to separate the hat and the character.
22366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22370 \begin_inset space \space{}
22374 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22395 Subscripts are similar: To get
22396 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 \begin_layout Subsection
22421 \begin_inset Index idx
22424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22433 \begin_layout Standard
22434 Create a fraction with either the command
22441 \begin_inset Graphics
22442 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22450 \begin_inset space ~
22456 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22457 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22458 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22463 To move back up, press
22468 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22469 \begin_inset Formula
22471 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22474 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22482 \begin_layout Subsection
22484 \begin_inset Index idx
22487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22496 \begin_layout Standard
22497 Roots can be created using the
22500 \begin_inset space ~
22506 \begin_inset Graphics
22507 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22509 groupId toolbarbuttons
22532 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22538 produces always a square root.
22541 \begin_layout Subsection
22542 Operators with Limits
22543 \begin_inset Index idx
22546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22553 \begin_inset Index idx
22556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22565 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22572 \begin_layout Standard
22574 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22578 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22581 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22582 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22583 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22584 The sum operator will automatically place its
22585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22592 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22595 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22599 \begin_inset Formula
22601 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22606 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22610 \begin_layout Standard
22611 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22613 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22614 behind the operator and hitting
22622 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22623 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22625 \begin_inset space ~
22629 \begin_inset space ~
22637 \begin_layout Standard
22638 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22646 feature as addition, such as
22647 \begin_inset Index idx
22650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22657 \begin_inset Formula
22659 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22664 which will place the
22665 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22677 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22678 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22684 \begin_layout Standard
22685 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22692 Have a look at section
22693 \begin_inset space ~
22697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22699 reference "sub:Functions"
22703 for an explanation of function macros.
22706 \begin_layout Subsection
22708 \begin_inset Index idx
22711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22720 \begin_layout Standard
22721 Most math symbols can be found in the
22724 \begin_inset space ~
22729 under one of several categories; including
22746 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22750 \begin_layout Standard
22751 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22752 you don't have to use the
22755 \begin_inset space ~
22760 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22761 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22764 \begin_layout Subsection
22766 \begin_inset Index idx
22769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22778 \begin_layout Standard
22779 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22784 arg "space-insert protected"
22790 \begin_inset space ~
22796 \begin_inset Graphics
22797 filename ../images/math/space.png
22799 groupId toolbarbuttons
22804 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22805 For example, the sequence
22810 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22814 \begin_inset Graphics
22815 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22820 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22821 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22822 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22823 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22825 Here are two examples:
22828 \begin_layout Standard
22838 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22844 \begin_layout Standard
22854 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22860 \begin_layout Subsection
22862 \begin_inset Index idx
22865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22874 name "sub:Functions"
22881 \begin_layout Standard
22885 \begin_inset space ~
22890 contains under the button
22891 \begin_inset Graphics
22892 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22894 groupId toolbarbuttons
22898 a number of function macros, such as
22899 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22903 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22911 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22918 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22919 avoid confusions, because
22920 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22924 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22930 \begin_layout Standard
22931 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22933 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22937 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22943 \begin_layout Standard
22944 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22945 s are placed, as described in section
22946 \begin_inset space ~
22950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22952 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22959 \begin_layout Subsection
22961 \begin_inset Index idx
22964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22973 \begin_layout Standard
22974 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22976 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22977 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22978 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22982 \begin_inset space \space{}
22986 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22989 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22990 Our example is entered by typing
22998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23011 \begin_inset space ~
23015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23017 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23021 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23024 \begin_layout Standard
23025 \begin_inset Float table
23030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23031 \begin_inset Caption
23033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23036 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23040 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23050 \begin_inset Tabular
23051 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23052 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23139 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23193 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23247 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23301 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23355 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23463 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23571 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23616 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23637 \begin_layout Standard
23638 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23641 \begin_inset space ~
23647 \begin_inset Graphics
23648 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23650 groupId toolbarbuttons
23654 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23658 \begin_layout Section
23659 Brackets and Delimiters
23660 \begin_inset Index idx
23663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23670 \begin_inset Index idx
23673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23682 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23689 \begin_layout Standard
23690 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23691 For most purposes, using just the keys
23696 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23697 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23698 toolbar delimiter icon
23701 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23705 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23707 \begin_inset Formula
23709 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23717 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23718 \begin_inset Formula
23720 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23728 \begin_layout Standard
23729 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23730 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23733 \begin_layout Standard
23734 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23735 left side and right side.
23736 If you use the option
23739 \begin_inset space ~
23744 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23745 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23746 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23747 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23750 \begin_layout Standard
23751 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23752 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23753 inside the brackets.
23754 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23759 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23762 \begin_layout Section
23763 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23764 \begin_inset Index idx
23767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23774 \begin_inset Index idx
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23784 \begin_inset Index idx
23787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23788 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23796 \begin_layout Standard
23797 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23800 \begin_inset space ~
23806 \begin_inset Graphics
23807 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23809 groupId toolbarbuttons
23814 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23815 Here is an example:
23816 \begin_inset Formula
23818 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23827 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23828 \begin_inset space ~
23832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23834 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23839 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23840 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23841 This alignment is set in the box
23846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23894 for every column as default.
23895 For example, the sequence
23896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23907 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23908 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23909 corresponds to the relevant column.
23910 The result will look like this:
23911 \begin_inset Formula
23914 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23915 column & has & has\, right\\
23916 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23925 \begin_layout Standard
23926 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23929 arg "newline-insert newline"
23932 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23933 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23935 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23938 or the math toolbar.
23941 \begin_layout Standard
23942 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23943 It can be created with the menu
23945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23946 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23948 \begin_inset space ~
23960 Here is an example:
23961 \begin_inset Formula
23975 \begin_layout Standard
23976 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23979 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23982 arg "newline-insert newline"
23986 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23991 arg "newline-insert newline"
23994 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24002 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24003 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24004 A new row is created by every further hit of
24007 arg "newline-insert newline"
24011 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24012 Here is an example:
24013 \begin_inset Formula
24015 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24016 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24021 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24022 where you want to start the shift and hit
24027 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24028 position to the next column.
24029 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24030 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24031 \begin_inset Formula
24033 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24041 \begin_layout Standard
24042 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24049 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24050 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24053 reference "eq:asquared"
24058 The other types are described in section
24059 \begin_inset space ~
24063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24065 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24072 \begin_layout Section
24073 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24074 \begin_inset Index idx
24077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24078 Math ! Formula numbering
24084 \begin_inset Index idx
24087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24088 Math ! Referencing formulas
24094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24096 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24103 \begin_layout Standard
24104 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24106 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24107 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24109 \begin_inset space ~
24117 arg "math-number-toggle"
24121 The formula number appears in LyX as
24122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24129 within parentheses.
24131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24138 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24140 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24141 the document class.
24142 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24143 separated by a dot:
24144 \begin_inset Formula
24154 arg "math-number-toggle"
24157 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24158 You can only number displayed formulas.
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24162 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24164 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24165 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24167 \begin_inset space ~
24171 \begin_inset space ~
24175 \begin_inset space ~
24183 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24186 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24187 \begin_inset Formula
24190 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24196 To number all lines use the shortcut
24199 arg "math-number-toggle"
24205 \begin_layout Standard
24206 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24209 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24210 A label is inserted with the menu
24212 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24215 when the cursor is in the formula.
24216 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24217 It is recommended to use the proposed
24218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24229 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24230 type when you have many labels in your document.
24231 We inserted in the following example the label
24232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24239 in the second line:
24240 \begin_inset Formula
24242 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24243 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24248 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24249 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24259 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24263 \begin_inset space ~
24269 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24270 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24271 as the formula number:
24274 \begin_layout Standard
24275 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24278 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24285 \begin_layout Standard
24286 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24287 \begin_inset space ~
24291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24293 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24298 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24301 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24304 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24309 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24317 \begin_layout Section
24318 User defined math macros
24319 \begin_inset Index idx
24322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24331 \begin_layout Standard
24332 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24333 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24334 Math macros are explained in section
24337 \begin_inset space ~
24349 \begin_layout Section
24353 \begin_layout Subsection
24355 \begin_inset Index idx
24358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24367 \begin_layout Standard
24368 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24369 To set a font in a formula, use the
24372 \begin_inset space ~
24378 \begin_inset Graphics
24379 filename ../images/math/font.png
24381 groupId toolbarbuttons
24385 , or enter its command, listed in table
24386 \begin_inset space ~
24390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24392 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24399 \begin_layout Standard
24400 \begin_inset Float table
24405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24406 \begin_inset Caption
24408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24411 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24415 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24425 \begin_inset Tabular
24426 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24427 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24428 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24429 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24461 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24488 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24515 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24548 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24575 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24602 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24636 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24663 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24697 \begin_layout Standard
24698 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24706 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24722 \begin_layout Standard
24723 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24724 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24729 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24730 space when you need a space in the box.
24731 Here an example where
24732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24743 denotes the set of numbers:
24744 \begin_inset Formula
24746 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24754 \begin_layout Standard
24755 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24761 \begin_inset space \space{}
24773 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24777 \begin_inset Newline newline
24780 So it is better not to use this feature.
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24785 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24789 \begin_inset Newline newline
24792 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24798 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24799 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24812 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24815 \begin_layout Standard
24816 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24818 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24819 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24821 \begin_inset space ~
24829 \begin_layout Subsection
24831 \begin_inset Index idx
24834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24843 \begin_layout Standard
24844 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24846 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24850 \begin_inset space ~
24854 \begin_inset space ~
24862 \begin_inset space ~
24868 \begin_inset Graphics
24869 filename ../images/math/font.png
24871 groupId toolbarbuttons
24882 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24883 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24884 Here is an example:
24885 \begin_inset Formula
24888 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24889 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24898 \begin_layout Subsection
24900 \begin_inset Index idx
24903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24914 automatically chosen in most situations.
24932 For most characters,
24940 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24941 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24946 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24947 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24949 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24950 \begin_inset Graphics
24951 filename ../images/math/style.png
24953 groupId toolbarbuttons
24958 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24959 For example, you can set
24960 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24963 , which is normally in
24972 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24976 The four styles are used in the following example:
24979 \begin_layout Standard
24980 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24984 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24988 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24992 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24998 \begin_layout Standard
24999 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25000 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25004 \begin_inset space ~
25009 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25010 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25011 will be adjusted to correspond.
25012 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25023 \begin_layout Standard
25027 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25033 \begin_layout Section
25037 \begin_layout Standard
25038 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25039 the document classes and into layout modules.
25040 \begin_inset Index idx
25043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25049 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25050 other than the AMS classes.
25052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25054 reference "sub:Modules"
25058 for more on layout modules.
25061 \begin_layout Section
25063 \begin_inset Index idx
25066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25073 \begin_inset Index idx
25076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25085 \begin_layout Standard
25086 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25087 (AMS) that are in common use.
25090 \begin_layout Subsection
25091 Enabling AMS-Support
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25095 Selecting the checkbox
25098 \begin_inset space ~
25102 \begin_inset space ~
25106 \begin_inset space ~
25113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25117 \begin_inset Index idx
25120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25121 Document ! Settings
25129 \begin_inset space ~
25134 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25136 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25137 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25140 \begin_layout Subsection
25142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25144 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25149 \begin_inset Index idx
25152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25153 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25161 \begin_layout Standard
25162 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25163 LyX allows you to choose between
25184 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25187 \begin_layout Chapter
25191 \begin_layout Section
25193 \begin_inset Index idx
25196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25205 name "sec:Cross-References"
25212 \begin_layout Standard
25213 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25214 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25216 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25217 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25218 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25221 \begin_layout Enumerate
25225 \begin_layout Enumerate
25226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25228 name "enu:Second-item"
25235 \begin_layout Enumerate
25239 \begin_layout Standard
25240 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25245 or by pressing the toolbar button
25252 A grey label box like this:
25253 \begin_inset Graphics
25254 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25259 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25260 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25295 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25300 \begin_inset space \space{}
25303 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25318 \begin_layout Standard
25319 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25321 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25324 or the toolbar button
25327 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25331 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25332 \begin_inset Graphics
25333 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25338 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25340 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25353 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25357 \begin_layout Standard
25360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25363 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25368 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25369 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25378 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25379 \begin_inset space ~
25383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25385 reference "enu:Second-item"
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25393 It is recommended to use a protected space
25397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25398 described in section
25399 \begin_inset space ~
25403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25405 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25414 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25418 \begin_layout Standard
25419 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25422 \begin_layout Description
25423 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25426 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25433 \begin_layout Description
25434 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25435 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25447 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25454 \begin_layout Description
25455 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25456 \begin_inset space ~
25460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25461 LatexCommand pageref
25462 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25469 \begin_layout Description
25471 \begin_inset space ~
25475 \begin_inset space ~
25478 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25480 LatexCommand vpageref
25481 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25488 \begin_layout Description
25490 \begin_inset space ~
25494 \begin_inset space ~
25498 \begin_inset space ~
25501 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25504 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25511 \begin_layout Description
25513 \begin_inset space ~
25516 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25517 \begin_inset Newline newline
25521 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25529 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25538 \begin_inset Index idx
25541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25542 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25548 \begin_inset Index idx
25551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25552 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25565 \begin_layout Description
25567 \begin_inset space ~
25570 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25572 LatexCommand nameref
25573 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25580 \begin_layout Standard
25585 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25592 \begin_inset space \space{}
25596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25610 <reference> on page <page>
25612 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25615 \begin_layout Standard
25616 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25617 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25618 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25622 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25626 \begin_layout Standard
25627 You can only use the style
25631 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25635 is always possible.
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25640 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25642 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25643 \begin_inset space ~
25647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25649 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25656 \begin_layout Standard
25657 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25661 \begin_inset space ~
25665 \begin_inset space ~
25670 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25671 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25674 \begin_inset space ~
25679 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25680 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25683 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25689 \begin_layout Standard
25690 You can change labels at any time.
25691 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25692 do not need to take care about this.
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25696 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25697 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 References are described in detail in sec.
25702 \begin_inset space ~
25706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25720 \begin_layout Section
25721 Table of Contents and other Listings
25722 \begin_inset Index idx
25725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25732 \begin_inset Index idx
25735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25751 \begin_layout Subsection
25753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25755 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25762 \begin_layout Standard
25763 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25765 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25766 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25768 \begin_inset space ~
25772 \begin_inset space ~
25778 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25779 If you click on it, the
25783 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25784 sections in your documents.
25785 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25787 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25790 that is described in sec.
25791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25797 reference "sec:Navigating"
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25805 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25806 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25808 \begin_inset space ~
25812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25814 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25818 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25820 \begin_inset space ~
25824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25826 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25830 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25832 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25835 \begin_layout Subsection
25836 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25839 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25846 \begin_layout Standard
25847 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25848 You can insert them via the
25850 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25852 \begin_inset space ~
25856 \begin_inset space ~
25862 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25865 \begin_layout Section
25866 URLs and Hyperlinks
25867 \begin_inset Index idx
25870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25877 \begin_inset Index idx
25880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25889 \begin_layout Subsection
25891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25903 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25911 \begin_inset Flex URL
25914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25925 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25931 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25936 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25944 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25952 \begin_layout Subsection
25954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25956 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25963 \begin_layout Standard
25964 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25969 or with the toolbar button
25976 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25985 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25986 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25987 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25989 name "LyX's homepage"
25990 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25994 , an Email address like this:
25995 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25997 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25998 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26003 , or a link to a file.
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26007 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26020 to the link target.
26023 \begin_layout Standard
26024 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26025 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26026 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26027 the text style dialog.
26028 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26032 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26034 name "LyX's homepage"
26035 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26043 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26047 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26049 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26050 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26054 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26056 \begin_inset Newline newline
26064 \begin_inset Newline newline
26071 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26074 \begin_layout Section
26076 \begin_inset Index idx
26079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26088 name "sec:Appendices"
26095 \begin_layout Standard
26096 Appendices are created with the menu
26098 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26100 \begin_inset space ~
26104 \begin_inset space ~
26110 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26111 as the appendix region.
26112 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26116 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26117 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26118 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26119 and the subsection number.
26120 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26124 \begin_layout Standard
26126 \begin_inset space ~
26130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26132 reference "cha:Credits"
26137 \begin_inset space ~
26141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26143 reference "sub:Export"
26150 \begin_layout Section
26152 \begin_inset Index idx
26155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26162 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26164 name "sec:Bibliography"
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26172 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26173 You can include a bibliography database,
26177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26178 Known under the name
26179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26191 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26192 manually, using the paragraph environment
26196 , which was described in section
26197 \begin_inset space ~
26201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26203 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26208 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26209 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26213 use a bibliography database.
26216 \begin_layout Subsection
26217 The Bibliography Environment
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26225 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26227 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26236 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26238 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26247 , a short form of its title, as key.
26250 \begin_layout Standard
26251 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26253 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26256 or the toolbar button
26259 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26263 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26264 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26265 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26266 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26271 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26272 entry with surrounding brackets.
26277 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26278 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26290 \begin_layout Standard
26293 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26296 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26298 key "latexcompanion"
26305 \begin_layout Standard
26306 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26307 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26316 \begin_layout Subsection
26317 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26318 \begin_inset Index idx
26321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26322 Bibliography ! Databases
26328 \begin_inset Index idx
26331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26332 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26340 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26347 \begin_layout Standard
26348 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26354 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26356 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26357 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26362 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26364 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26365 your working field in a database.
26366 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26367 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26369 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26373 \begin_layout Standard
26374 The database is a text file with the file extension
26375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26386 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26387 The format is explained in
26388 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26394 and in LaTeX books (
26395 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26397 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26402 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26403 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26404 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26405 \begin_inset Flex URL
26408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26410 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26418 \begin_layout Standard
26419 To use a database, use the menu
26421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26426 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26439 \begin_inset space ~
26445 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26446 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26449 Add bibliography to TOC
26451 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26456 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26457 in the document or just the cited references.
26460 \begin_layout Standard
26461 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26473 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26474 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26475 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26477 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26483 For information how this is done, have a look at
26484 \begin_inset Newline newline
26488 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26490 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26503 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26506 \begin_layout Standard
26507 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26508 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26511 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26539 \begin_inset space ~
26545 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26551 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 When you select the option
26563 Sectioned bibliography
26567 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26570 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26571 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26573 Customizing Bibliographies
26581 Additional Features
26586 \begin_layout Standard
26587 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26588 the two methods of creating them.
26589 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26590 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26591 We used the style file
26595 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26598 \begin_layout Subsection
26599 Bibliography layout
26600 \begin_inset Index idx
26603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26604 Bibliography ! Layout
26612 \begin_layout Standard
26613 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26614 For this feature you need to enable the option
26620 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26624 \begin_inset Index idx
26627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26628 Document ! Settings
26638 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26639 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26640 in the previous section.
26643 \begin_layout Standard
26644 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26645 in the citation reference window.
26646 Here an example where we set the text
26647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26651 \begin_inset space ~
26655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26658 to appear after the reference:
26661 \begin_layout Standard
26663 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26666 key "latexcompanion"
26673 \begin_layout Section
26675 \begin_inset Index idx
26678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26694 \begin_layout Standard
26695 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26699 \begin_inset space ~
26704 or the toolbar button
26712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26723 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26724 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26725 by LyX as the index entry.
26728 \begin_layout Standard
26729 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26730 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26732 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26734 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26741 \begin_layout Standard
26742 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26746 \begin_inset space ~
26750 \begin_inset space ~
26753 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26755 \begin_inset space ~
26761 A light blue box labeled
26762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26773 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26774 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26777 \begin_layout Subsection
26778 Grouping Index Entries
26779 \begin_inset Index idx
26782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26792 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26794 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26795 lists under the entry
26796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26804 First we create the entry
26805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26813 \begin_inset space ~
26817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26819 reference "sub:Lists"
26824 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26825 \begin_inset space ~
26829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26831 reference "sec:Itemize"
26835 , we insert the command
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26844 \begin_layout Standard
26848 \begin_layout Standard
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26855 for the enumerated list in section
26856 \begin_inset space ~
26860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26862 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26869 \begin_layout Standard
26870 The exclamation mark
26871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26878 marks the grouping levels.
26879 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26880 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26881 If we don't have an index entry for
26882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26889 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26892 \begin_layout Subsection
26894 \begin_inset Index idx
26897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26898 Index ! Page ranges
26906 \begin_layout Standard
26907 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26909 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26910 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26912 \begin_inset space ~
26916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26918 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26928 Paragraph environments|(
26931 \begin_layout Standard
26932 and another entry at the end of section
26933 \begin_inset space ~
26937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26939 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26946 \begin_layout Standard
26949 Paragraph environments|)
26952 \begin_layout Standard
26954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26977 respectively start and end the index range.
26978 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26979 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26980 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26981 An example is the index entry
26982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26985 Document ! Settings
26986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26992 \begin_layout Subsection
26994 \begin_inset Index idx
26997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26998 Index ! Cross referencing
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27007 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27008 We referred for example in the index entry
27009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27017 \begin_inset space ~
27021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27023 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27027 ) to the index entry
27028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27035 in the same section using the entry
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27041 GIF|see{Image formats}
27044 \begin_layout Standard
27045 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27046 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27047 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27050 \begin_layout Subsection
27052 \begin_inset Index idx
27055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27056 Index ! Entry order
27064 \begin_layout Standard
27065 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27066 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27067 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27072 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27074 \begin_inset space ~
27078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27080 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27089 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27090 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27115 \begin_inset Index idx
27118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27119 Dummy entries ! maïs
27125 \begin_inset Index idx
27128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27129 Dummy entries ! maître
27135 \begin_inset Index idx
27138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27139 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27144 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27145 order maïs, maison, maître.
27146 To achieve this, we use the command
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27152 previous entry@current entry
27155 \begin_layout Standard
27156 In our case we want to have
27157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27172 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27182 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27183 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27188 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27194 \begin_layout Standard
27195 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27200 to generate the index (see sec.
27201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27207 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27216 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27218 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27224 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27228 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27229 index commands start with
27230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27242 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27247 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27250 \begin_layout Standard
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27274 \begin_layout Subsection
27276 \begin_inset Index idx
27279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27280 Index ! Entry layout
27288 \begin_layout Standard
27289 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27290 \begin_inset Index idx
27293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27296 This is an italic dummy entry
27301 You can also format the page number using the character
27302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27309 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27310 We can write for example
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27316 italic page number:|textit
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27320 to get the page number in italic.
27321 \begin_inset Index idx
27324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27325 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27330 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27348 \begin_inset space ~
27354 Have a look at section
27355 \begin_inset space ~
27359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27361 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27365 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27368 \begin_layout Standard
27369 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27377 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27381 to generate the index, see sec.
27382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27388 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27397 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27398 This is because xindy requires you
27399 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
27402 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27403 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27406 key "latexcompanion"
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27419 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27421 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27422 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27423 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27424 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27425 If so, put the following in the preamble
27428 \begin_layout Standard
27440 \begin_layout Standard
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27451 in the index entry.
27452 \begin_inset Index idx
27455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27456 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27461 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27462 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27463 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27467 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27473 \begin_inset space \space{}
27476 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27477 for all index entries.
27478 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27490 documentation for details,
27491 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27493 key "makeindex,xindy"
27500 \begin_layout Subsection
27502 \begin_inset Index idx
27505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27514 name "sub:Index-Program"
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27522 If the index entry program
27526 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27530 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27539 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27540 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27541 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27542 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27543 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27553 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27554 dialog, see section
27555 \begin_inset space ~
27559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27561 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27566 The available options are listed and explained in
27567 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27569 key "makeindex,xindy"
27574 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27579 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27580 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27583 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27584 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27585 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27589 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27590 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27593 \begin_layout Subsection
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27598 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27599 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27607 next to the standard index.
27608 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27609 packages that add this feature.
27615 \begin_inset Index idx
27618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27619 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27624 package to generate multiple indexes.
27625 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27626 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27627 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27634 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27635 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27636 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27640 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27642 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27643 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27644 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27651 Use multiple Indexes
27652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27656 Note that the list of
27657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27664 below already contains the standard index.
27665 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27666 also appear as a heading) to the
27667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27674 input field and press the
27675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27683 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27684 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27685 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27689 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27695 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27696 indexes in the LyX work area.
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27700 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27705 \begin_inset space ~
27709 \begin_inset space ~
27718 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27719 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27720 are some additional features:
27723 \begin_layout Itemize
27724 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27725 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27728 \begin_layout Itemize
27729 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27730 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27739 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27744 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27745 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27746 to the non-subindexes.
27749 \begin_layout Section
27750 Nomenclature / Glossary
27751 \begin_inset Index idx
27754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27761 \begin_inset Index idx
27764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27795 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27804 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27808 \begin_layout Standard
27809 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27814 \begin_inset Index idx
27817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27818 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27824 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27825 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27831 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27835 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27836 and then use the menu
27838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27844 \begin_inset space ~
27849 or the toolbar button
27852 arg "nomencl-insert"
27857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27868 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27873 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27874 The second is the description of the symbol.
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27886 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27894 \begin_layout Subsection
27895 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27896 \begin_inset Index idx
27899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27900 Nomenclature ! Layout
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27909 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27913 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27919 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27927 \begin_inset Newline newline
27935 \begin_inset Newline newline
27941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27948 character starts/ends the formula.
27949 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27961 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27972 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27973 \begin_inset space ~
27977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27979 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27986 \begin_layout Standard
27990 \begin_inset space ~
27995 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27996 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28001 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28008 in this document is:
28009 \begin_inset Newline newline
28014 dummy entry for the character
28019 \begin_inset Newline newline
28031 \begin_inset space ~
28041 font use the command
28070 \begin_layout Subsection
28071 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28072 \begin_inset Index idx
28075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28076 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28086 the symbol definition.
28087 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28088 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28091 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28092 LatexCommand nomenclature
28094 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28101 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28105 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28106 LatexCommand nomenclature
28109 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28114 They will be sorted by
28115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28141 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28144 will be sorted before the
28148 since the character
28149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28156 is considered in sorting.
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28160 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28163 \begin_inset space ~
28168 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28169 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28171 For the example given, you can insert
28175 in this field for the
28176 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28183 will be located before
28184 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28190 \begin_layout Standard
28191 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28196 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28205 \begin_layout Subsection
28206 Nomenclature Options
28207 \begin_inset Index idx
28210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28211 Nomenclature ! Options
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28224 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28225 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28228 \begin_layout Description
28229 refeq Appends the phrase
28230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28245 to every nomenclature entry, where
28251 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28254 \begin_layout Description
28255 refpage Appends the phrase
28256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28271 to every nomenclature entry, where
28277 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28280 \begin_layout Description
28281 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 There are furthermore the options
28329 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28335 class options list in the
28337 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28341 In this document the option
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28349 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28355 \begin_layout Standard
28356 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28357 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28362 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28365 \begin_layout Description
28375 \begin_layout Description
28378 nomrefpage Like the
28385 \begin_layout Description
28388 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28397 \begin_layout Description
28401 \begin_inset space ~
28407 \begin_inset space ~
28412 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28415 \begin_layout Subsection
28416 Printing the Nomenclature
28417 \begin_inset Index idx
28420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28421 Nomenclature ! Printing
28429 \begin_layout Standard
28430 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28432 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28434 \begin_inset space ~
28438 \begin_inset space ~
28441 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28445 A light blue box labeled
28446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28457 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28458 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28461 \begin_layout Standard
28462 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28471 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28479 For example, in order to change the name to
28483 , add the following line to the preamble:
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28494 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28497 \begin_layout Standard
28498 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28504 \begin_layout Standard
28505 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28506 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28509 \begin_layout Standard
28517 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28520 \begin_layout Standard
28523 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28524 \begin_inset space ~
28528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28530 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28535 The default value is 1
28536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28542 \begin_layout Subsection
28543 Nomenclature Program
28544 \begin_inset Index idx
28547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28548 Nomenclature ! Program
28554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28556 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28563 \begin_layout Standard
28564 LyX uses the program
28568 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28569 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28574 by adding options, see section
28575 \begin_inset space ~
28579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28581 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28586 The available options are listed and explained in
28587 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28589 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28596 \begin_layout Section
28598 \begin_inset Index idx
28601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28608 \begin_inset Index idx
28611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28612 Document ! Branches
28618 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28620 name "sec:Branches"
28627 \begin_layout Standard
28628 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28629 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28630 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28631 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28634 \begin_layout Standard
28635 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28636 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28637 To create a branch, either select the menu
28639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28640 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28643 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28652 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28653 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28654 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28655 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28656 (see below for an example).
28657 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28658 to the name of the other) and to add
28659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28671 \begin_inset space ~
28674 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28675 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28678 \begin_layout Standard
28679 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28680 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28682 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28685 where you can choose a branch.
28686 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28690 \begin_layout Standard
28691 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28692 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28695 \begin_layout Standard
28696 \begin_inset Branch Question
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28700 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28709 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28712 \begin_layout Standard
28713 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28721 \begin_layout Standard
28728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28729 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28732 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28733 Consider for example a file
28734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28741 which has the above branches.
28743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28750 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28774 branch were inactive,
28775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28790 branch was active, likewise
28791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28806 branch was active, and
28807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28810 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28814 if both branches were active.
28815 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28819 \begin_layout Standard
28820 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28826 \begin_layout Standard
28827 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28828 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28830 For example you can define for the question branch
28834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28835 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28836 \begin_inset space ~
28840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28842 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28854 \begin_layout Standard
28864 \begin_layout Standard
28874 \begin_layout Standard
28875 and for the answer branch
28878 \begin_layout Standard
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28898 \begin_layout Standard
28899 \begin_inset Branch Question
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28934 \begin_layout Standard
28935 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28938 \begin_layout Standard
28942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28970 \begin_layout Standard
28971 Now it is possible to use the commands
28975 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28982 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28985 to obtain conditional output.
28986 Here is an example formula where only the
28993 \begin_inset Formula
28995 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29003 \begin_layout Standard
29004 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29012 \begin_layout Section
29014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29016 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29021 \begin_inset Index idx
29024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29033 \begin_layout Standard
29038 dialog allows you in the
29042 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29043 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29048 \begin_inset Index idx
29051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29052 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29060 \begin_layout Standard
29065 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29066 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29067 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29069 You can specify in the dialog tab
29073 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29075 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29076 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29080 \begin_layout Standard
29085 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29086 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29087 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29089 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29090 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29092 \begin_inset space ~
29095 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29096 \begin_inset space ~
29099 1 will only display the sections.
29102 \begin_layout Standard
29103 The header information in the dialog tab
29107 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29108 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29113 \begin_inset space \space{}
29116 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29117 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29120 Automatic fill header
29122 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29123 title and author settings.
29126 \begin_layout Standard
29129 Load in fullscreen mode
29131 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29134 \begin_layout Standard
29135 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29136 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29142 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29143 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29152 \begin_layout Section
29153 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29156 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29163 \begin_layout Subsection
29165 \begin_inset Index idx
29168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29177 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29184 \begin_layout Standard
29185 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29186 constructs, but not all.
29187 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29188 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29189 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29190 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29191 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29195 \begin_layout Standard
29196 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29198 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29200 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29202 \begin_inset space ~
29207 or by the toolbar button
29214 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29218 \begin_layout Standard
29219 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29220 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29221 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29222 using the LaTeX-command
29228 , you can write the command part
29234 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29238 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29239 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29240 the following example:
29243 \begin_layout Standard
29244 \begin_inset Graphics
29245 filename clipart/ERT.png
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29257 \begin_layout Standard
29258 This is a line with a
29262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29285 \begin_layout Standard
29286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29294 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29295 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29303 \begin_layout Subsection
29304 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29305 \begin_inset Argument
29308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29315 \begin_inset Index idx
29318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29327 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29334 \begin_layout Standard
29335 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29336 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29337 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29346 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29347 any time if you know the right commands.
29349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29353 \begin_inset space \space{}
29356 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29358 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29359 all caption labels bold.
29360 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29362 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29366 \begin_layout Standard
29367 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29368 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29369 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29371 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29380 \begin_layout Standard
29381 As result you know that the package
29386 \begin_inset Index idx
29389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29390 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29396 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29398 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29404 \begin_layout Standard
29409 usepackage[options]{package name}
29412 \begin_layout Standard
29413 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29414 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29415 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29418 \begin_layout Standard
29419 In your case the package name is
29424 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29429 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29430 So you add the command
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29438 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29441 \begin_layout Standard
29442 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 For more commands provided by the
29451 package, have a look at its documentation,
29452 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29466 \begin_layout Standard
29467 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29469 For example if you use a
29473 class, you don't need the package
29477 , you can instead write
29480 \begin_layout Standard
29485 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29490 \begin_layout Standard
29491 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29492 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29493 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29500 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29503 \begin_layout Standard
29504 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29505 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29507 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29508 the previous section.
29511 \begin_layout Standard
29512 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29514 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29516 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29523 \begin_layout Standard
29524 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29530 \begin_layout Standard
29534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 \begin_inset Note Note
29547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29548 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29556 \begin_layout Left Header
29557 \begin_inset Argument
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29580 \begin_inset Note Note
29583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 defines the header line as described below
29592 \begin_layout Center Header
29593 \begin_inset Argument
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29605 \begin_layout Right Header
29606 \begin_inset Argument
29609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29630 \begin_layout Left Footer
29631 \begin_inset Argument
29634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29655 \begin_layout Center Footer
29656 \begin_inset Argument
29659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 \begin_inset Newline newline
29674 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29680 \begin_layout Right Footer
29681 \begin_inset Argument
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29706 \begin_layout Section
29707 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29708 \begin_inset Index idx
29711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29712 Document ! Header/Footer line
29718 \begin_inset Index idx
29721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29730 \begin_layout Standard
29731 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29732 to set the headings style to
29738 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29744 \begin_inset space ~
29750 As second step add in the menu
29752 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29753 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29760 Custom Header/Footerlines
29761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29765 This module offers the 6
29766 \begin_inset space ~
29772 \begin_layout Description
29774 \begin_inset space ~
29778 \begin_inset space ~
29782 \begin_inset space ~
29786 \begin_inset space ~
29790 \begin_inset space ~
29796 \begin_layout Description
29798 \begin_inset space ~
29802 \begin_inset space ~
29806 \begin_inset space ~
29810 \begin_inset space ~
29814 \begin_inset space ~
29820 \begin_layout Standard
29821 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29824 \begin_layout Standard
29825 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29826 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29828 \begin_inset space ~
29832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29834 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29838 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29841 \begin_layout Standard
29842 \begin_inset Float figure
29848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 \begin_inset Tabular
29852 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29853 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29854 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29856 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29858 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29876 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29887 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29905 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29916 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
29919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29920 The normal text on the page goes here.
29921 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
29923 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
29924 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
29929 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29949 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29978 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
29990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29996 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30014 \begin_inset Caption
30016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30019 name "fig:Page-layout"
30023 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30036 \begin_layout Subsection
30040 \begin_layout Standard
30041 To define your header line, add all 3
30042 \begin_inset space ~
30046 The things you add to the styles will appear on uneven pages, the things
30047 in the optional arguments on even pages.
30048 For single-sided documents, the optional argument will not be used and
30050 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing will appear in the
30052 Defining the footer line works similar.
30055 \begin_layout Standard
30056 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30059 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30072 \begin_inset space ~
30080 \begin_layout Description
30083 thepage prints the current page number
30086 \begin_layout Description
30089 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30092 \begin_layout Description
30095 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30098 \begin_layout Description
30101 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30102 In case of a book, it prints the current chapter title instead, but this
30103 document is an article.
30105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30109 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30112 because it usually goes in a left header.
30115 \begin_layout Description
30118 rightmark prints the name and number of the current subsection number and
30120 If it is a book it prints the current section title.
30121 It is normally used in the right header.
30124 \begin_layout Subsection
30125 Default headers/footers
30128 \begin_layout Standard
30129 Custom headers and footers are not empty by default.
30130 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30131 footer has the page number.
30132 In order to remove unwanted headers/footers, include the relevant header/footer
30133 style in your document, but leave it blank.
30134 So, if you don't want a page number in the footer, perhaps because you
30135 put it int he header instead, include a blank center footer to get rid
30139 \begin_layout Subsection
30143 \begin_layout Standard
30144 The custom headers and footers will appear on normal pages.
30145 Some pages are different.
30146 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30147 a new part or chapter in your book.
30148 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30149 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30150 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30154 Header and footer decoration line
30157 \begin_layout Standard
30158 By default, you get a 0.4
30159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30162 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30163 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30175 in the following scheme:
30178 \begin_layout Standard
30185 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30188 \begin_layout Standard
30189 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30198 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30205 \begin_layout Standard
30206 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30207 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30208 \begin_inset space ~
30212 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30221 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30222 Several header/footer lines
30225 \begin_layout Standard
30226 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30227 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30228 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30230 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30242 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30245 \begin_layout Standard
30252 headheight}{height}
30255 \begin_layout Standard
30256 Where height is a size in standard units.
30257 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30258 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30259 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30261 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 and look via the button
30278 \begin_inset space ~
30283 if you find a warning of the package
30288 \begin_inset Index idx
30291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30298 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30299 for your header/footer.
30302 \begin_layout Subsection
30306 \begin_layout Standard
30307 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30308 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30309 This example consists of the following definition:
30312 \begin_layout Description
30314 \begin_inset space ~
30323 , empty optional argument
30326 \begin_layout Description
30328 \begin_inset space ~
30331 Header empty, empty optional argument
30334 \begin_layout Description
30336 \begin_inset space ~
30345 in the optional argument
30348 \begin_layout Description
30350 \begin_inset space ~
30359 in the optional argument
30362 \begin_layout Description
30364 \begin_inset space ~
30376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30380 \begin_inset Newline newline
30384 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30391 in the optional argument
30394 \begin_layout Description
30396 \begin_inset space ~
30405 , empty optional argument
30408 \begin_layout Description
30411 headrulewidth set to 2
30412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30418 \begin_layout Standard
30419 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30421 For more special things like e.
30422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30426 \begin_inset space ~
30429 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30434 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30443 \begin_layout Standard
30444 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30450 \begin_layout Standard
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 pagestyle{headings}
30464 \begin_inset Note Note
30467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 switches back to page style with the default headings
30476 \begin_layout Section
30477 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30480 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30485 \begin_inset Index idx
30488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30495 \begin_inset Index idx
30498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30507 \begin_layout Standard
30508 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30509 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30510 to break your train of thought with
30512 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30518 \begin_layout Standard
30519 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30520 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30525 \begin_inset Index idx
30528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30529 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30534 as explained below, and turn on
30537 \begin_inset space ~
30544 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30548 \begin_inset space ~
30552 \begin_inset space ~
30555 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30560 \begin_inset space ~
30565 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30568 \begin_layout Standard
30569 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30571 Previews of an already loaded document are
30575 generated just by selecting the
30578 \begin_inset space ~
30583 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30586 \begin_layout Standard
30587 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30588 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30591 \begin_inset space ~
30596 check box in the insert dialog.
30597 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30601 \begin_layout Standard
30602 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30606 (on some systems named simply
30611 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30613 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30619 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30620 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30628 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30632 \begin_layout Standard
30633 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30639 \begin_layout Standard
30640 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30644 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30646 \begin_inset space ~
30651 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30652 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30654 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30655 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30656 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30657 the source view window.
30660 \begin_layout Section
30661 Advanced Find and Replace
30662 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30664 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30669 \begin_inset Index idx
30672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30679 \begin_inset Index idx
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 \begin_layout Subsection
30695 \begin_layout Standard
30696 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30697 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30698 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30699 The key-features are:
30702 \begin_layout Itemize
30703 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30704 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30705 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30709 \begin_layout Itemize
30710 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30711 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30712 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30713 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30716 \begin_layout Itemize
30717 Search may be widened to a specific
30722 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30726 \begin_inset space ~
30729 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30730 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30737 \begin_layout Itemize
30738 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30739 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30744 \begin_inset space ~
30747 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30750 \begin_layout Subsection
30754 \begin_layout Standard
30755 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30771 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30774 ) or the toolbar button
30777 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30783 Advanced Find and Replace
30788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30792 \begin_layout Standard
30797 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30802 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30807 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30808 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30809 Pressing repeatedly
30813 keeps searching forward.
30814 Similarly, pressing
30818 searches for the entered text backwards.
30821 \begin_layout Standard
30822 While searching, the
30826 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30836 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30840 Searching for mathematics
30843 \begin_layout Standard
30844 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30848 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30849 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30852 or also something more complex like
30853 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30857 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30858 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30859 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30860 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30870 \begin_layout Standard
30871 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30872 This is done by switching to the
30876 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30881 This way, entering in the
30888 \begin_layout Itemize
30889 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30890 in emphasized or boldface.
30893 \begin_layout Itemize
30894 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30895 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30896 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30897 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30900 \begin_layout Itemize
30901 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30902 of if only within section headings.
30903 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30904 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30908 \begin_layout Itemize
30909 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30910 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30913 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30917 \begin_layout Standard
30918 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30922 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30930 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30934 button or alternatively
30956 \begin_layout Standard
30957 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30958 text segments in your document.
30959 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30963 \begin_layout Itemize
30964 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30965 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30973 with its typewriter version
30976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30986 \begin_layout Itemize
30987 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30993 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31005 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31012 (you may want to enable the
31020 options and disable the
31028 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31036 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31037 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31041 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31044 , or occurrences of
31045 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31049 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31055 \begin_layout Subsection
31059 \begin_layout Standard
31060 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31065 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31067 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31069 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31078 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31084 This is done via the menu
31086 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31087 Insert Regular Expression
31089 while the cursor is in the
31094 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31095 expression matching rules
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31100 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31106 \begin_inset space ~
31109 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31110 to match expressions.
31115 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31116 same text in the document.
31117 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31118 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31121 \begin_layout Enumerate
31122 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31127 editor the fraction
31128 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31132 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31135 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31136 fractions with the given denominator.
31139 \begin_layout Enumerate
31140 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31152 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31157 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31158 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31160 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31163 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31164 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31167 \begin_layout Standard
31168 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31169 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31170 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31173 , and referring back to them through
31174 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31178 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31182 For example, try searching for the regexp
31183 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31186 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31189 \begin_layout Standard
31190 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31191 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31192 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31197 \begin_inset space ~
31201 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31204 always refers to the first occurrence of
31205 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31208 in all entered regexps.
31211 \begin_layout Standard
31212 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31216 \begin_layout Section
31218 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31220 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31225 \begin_inset Index idx
31228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31237 \begin_layout Standard
31238 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31239 It uses one of the libraries
31253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31254 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31255 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31263 Which back-ends are available depends on the platform and the build-time
31264 configuration of the LyX program.
31266 g., on a Mac the operating system provides a spell checking service; there
31267 it is available as an additional back-end to choose from.
31268 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
31276 \begin_layout Standard
31277 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31278 This does work with all back-ends, assuming you have marked the different
31279 languages appropriately and the dictionaries installed.
31282 \begin_layout Standard
31283 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
31284 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
31291 \begin_layout Standard
31294 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31297 or the toolbar button
31300 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31303 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31304 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
31305 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31306 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31307 scrolled so that it is visible.
31312 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
31314 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31318 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31319 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31322 \begin_layout Standard
31323 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31331 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
31334 have marked the different languages in your document, spell checking will
31335 automatically switch to the appropriate dictionaries.
31336 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31337 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31340 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31344 \begin_layout Standard
31345 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
31346 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
31348 But you can use the
31351 \begin_inset space ~
31355 \begin_inset space ~
31363 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31367 \begin_layout Standard
31372 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
31375 \begin_layout Description
31377 \begin_inset space ~
31380 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31381 should consider, e.
31382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31386 \begin_inset space \space{}
31389 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
31390 This should not normally be needed.
31393 \begin_layout Description
31395 \begin_inset space ~
31398 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
31399 the spell checker's default choice
31402 \begin_layout Description
31404 \begin_inset space ~
31408 \begin_inset space ~
31411 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31423 \begin_layout Description
31425 \begin_inset space ~
31428 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31429 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31430 The suggestions by the spell checker will be added to the context menu
31431 of a misspelled word if there were some found.
31432 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31436 \begin_layout Description
31438 \begin_inset space ~
31442 \begin_inset space ~
31446 \begin_inset space ~
31449 comments The spelling of non-printed document contents is checked as well.
31450 You may disable this by deactivating this option.
31453 \begin_layout Section
31455 \begin_inset Index idx
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31467 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31474 \begin_layout Standard
31475 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31476 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31486 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31488 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31497 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31498 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31499 are available for many languages.
31502 \begin_layout Standard
31503 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31507 \begin_layout Subsection
31508 Setting up the thesaurus
31511 \begin_layout Standard
31516 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31521 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31526 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31532 en_EN for English).
31533 For instance, the English files are named:
31536 \begin_layout Itemize
31540 \begin_layout Itemize
31544 \begin_layout Standard
31545 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31546 already on your system.
31547 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31548 \begin_inset Flex URL
31551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31553 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31559 \begin_inset Flex URL
31562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31574 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31575 \begin_inset Flex URL
31578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31580 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31585 are usually packed in extension archives (
31589 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31591 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31592 unpack a zip archive.
31605 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31606 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31608 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31609 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31613 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31616 \begin_layout Subsection
31617 Using the thesaurus
31620 \begin_layout Standard
31621 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31623 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31626 or the toolbar button
31629 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31632 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31634 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31636 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31637 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31638 and hyponyms (such as
31646 ), compounds (such as
31650 ) and antonyms (such as
31658 ), which are marked as such.
31661 \begin_layout Standard
31662 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31663 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31667 \begin_layout Standard
31668 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31669 the dictionary, such as the above
31673 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31678 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31679 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31680 For example looking up the word forms
31688 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31693 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31706 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31707 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31708 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31711 \begin_layout Subsection
31712 License of the Thesaurus library
31715 \begin_layout Standard
31720 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31725 as a standalone program.
31726 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31727 The library was released under the
31729 Berkeley Database License
31731 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31732 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31733 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31735 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31738 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31742 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31745 \begin_layout Section
31747 \begin_inset Index idx
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31757 \begin_inset Index idx
31760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31761 Document ! Change Tracking
31767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31769 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31776 \begin_layout Standard
31777 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31778 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31779 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31780 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31782 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31784 \begin_inset space ~
31787 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31789 \begin_inset space ~
31797 \begin_layout Standard
31798 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31812 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31813 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31816 \begin_inset space ~
31820 \begin_inset space ~
31830 \begin_inset Index idx
31833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 Color ! Change tracking
31839 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31840 the cursor is in changed text.
31841 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31844 arg "changes-merge"
31850 \begin_layout Standard
31851 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31852 \begin_inset Index idx
31855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31864 \begin_layout Standard
31865 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31871 \begin_layout Standard
31872 \begin_inset Graphics
31873 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31881 \begin_layout Standard
31882 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31888 \begin_layout Standard
31889 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31893 \begin_layout Standard
31894 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31900 \begin_layout Standard
31901 \begin_inset Tabular
31902 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31903 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31904 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31905 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31915 arg "changes-track"
31923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31929 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31931 \begin_inset space ~
31934 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31936 \begin_inset space ~
31945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31954 arg "changes-output"
31962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31970 \begin_inset space ~
31973 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31975 \begin_inset space ~
31979 \begin_inset space ~
31983 \begin_inset space ~
31992 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 Jumps to the next change
32019 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 arg "change-accept"
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32044 \begin_inset space ~
32047 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32049 \begin_inset space ~
32058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32067 arg "change-reject"
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32083 \begin_inset space ~
32086 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32088 \begin_inset space ~
32097 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 arg "changes-merge"
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32122 \begin_inset space ~
32125 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32127 \begin_inset space ~
32136 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 arg "all-changes-accept"
32153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32161 \begin_inset space ~
32164 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32166 \begin_inset space ~
32170 \begin_inset space ~
32179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32188 arg "all-changes-reject"
32196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32204 \begin_inset space ~
32207 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32209 \begin_inset space ~
32213 \begin_inset space ~
32222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32246 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32248 \begin_inset space ~
32257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32282 \begin_inset space ~
32298 \begin_layout Standard
32299 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32305 \begin_layout Standard
32306 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32307 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32308 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32309 the next change after the current cursor position.
32310 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32311 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32312 step to the next change.
32313 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32316 \begin_layout Standard
32317 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32318 to describe a change.
32321 \begin_layout Standard
32322 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32327 \begin_inset Index idx
32330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32337 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32338 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32344 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32347 \begin_layout Section
32348 International Support
32349 \begin_inset Index idx
32352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32353 International support
32361 \begin_layout Standard
32362 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32363 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32364 how to set up LyX to use them:
32365 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32367 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32374 \begin_layout Standard
32375 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32376 \begin_inset space ~
32380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32382 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32389 \begin_layout Subsection
32391 \begin_inset Index idx
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32401 \begin_inset Index idx
32404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 Document ! Settings
32411 \begin_inset Index idx
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32415 Document ! Language
32423 \begin_layout Standard
32426 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32429 dialog lets you set
32431 the language and character encoding for your language.
32435 \begin_layout Standard
32436 Choose your language in the
32440 section of this dialog.
32448 \begin_layout Standard
32453 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32458 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32459 For details about the different encoding options see section
32460 \begin_inset space ~
32464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32466 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
32473 \begin_layout Subsection
32474 Keyboard mapping configuration
32475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32477 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32484 \begin_layout Standard
32485 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32486 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32487 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32488 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32489 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32491 \begin_inset space ~
32495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32497 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32502 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32503 which one you want to use.
32506 \begin_layout Standard
32507 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32508 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32509 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32510 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32511 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32512 one to support the characters you want.
32513 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32520 \begin_layout Subsection
32524 \begin_layout Standard
32526 \begin_inset space ~
32530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32532 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32541 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32545 \begin_layout Standard
32546 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32547 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32555 \begin_layout Itemize
32556 Even if you have selected
32562 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32565 dialog, users who have only the
32569 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32573 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32574 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32575 french quotes won't show up.
32578 \begin_layout Standard
32579 \begin_inset Float table
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32585 \begin_inset Caption
32587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32590 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 \begin_inset Tabular
32609 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32610 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32611 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32614 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32616 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32617 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32618 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32619 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32620 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32623 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32624 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32625 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 \begin_layout Standard
37041 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37043 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37044 also the characters from
37056 \begin_layout Itemize
37065 \begin_layout Standard
37066 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37073 \begin_layout Standard
37074 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37075 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37081 \begin_layout Standard
37082 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37083 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37089 \begin_layout Standard
37090 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37091 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37097 \begin_layout Standard
37099 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37105 \begin_layout Standard
37107 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37113 \begin_layout Standard
37115 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37122 \begin_layout Itemize
37135 \begin_layout Standard
37137 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37143 \begin_layout Standard
37145 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37151 \begin_layout Standard
37153 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37159 \begin_layout Standard
37161 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37167 \begin_layout Standard
37169 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37175 \begin_layout Standard
37177 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37184 \begin_layout Standard
37185 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37186 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37187 Also make sure you're using the
37194 \begin_layout Chapter
37197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37199 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37206 \begin_layout Standard
37207 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37208 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37209 topic inside the user's guide.
37212 \begin_layout Section
37214 \begin_inset Index idx
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 \begin_layout Standard
37231 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37232 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
37235 \begin_layout Subsection
37239 \begin_layout Standard
37240 Creates a new document.
37243 \begin_layout Subsection
37247 \begin_layout Standard
37248 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37249 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37250 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37253 \begin_layout Subsection
37257 \begin_layout Standard
37261 \begin_layout Subsection
37265 \begin_layout Standard
37266 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37267 Click there on a file to open it.
37270 \begin_layout Subsection
37274 \begin_layout Standard
37275 Closes the current document.
37278 \begin_layout Subsection
37282 \begin_layout Standard
37283 Closes all opened documents.
37286 \begin_layout Subsection
37290 \begin_layout Standard
37291 Saves the actual document.
37294 \begin_layout Subsection
37298 \begin_layout Standard
37299 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37302 \begin_layout Subsection
37306 \begin_layout Standard
37307 Saves all opened documents.
37310 \begin_layout Subsection
37314 \begin_layout Standard
37315 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37318 \begin_layout Subsection
37322 \begin_layout Standard
37323 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37324 It is described in the section
37326 Version Control in LyX
37330 Additional Features
37335 \begin_layout Subsection
37339 \begin_layout Standard
37340 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37341 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37342 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37343 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37346 \begin_layout Standard
37347 When using the menu entry
37350 \begin_inset space ~
37355 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37359 \begin_inset space ~
37363 \begin_inset space ~
37368 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37369 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37372 \begin_layout Subsection
37374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37383 \begin_layout Standard
37384 You can export your document to various file formats.
37385 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37386 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37387 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37390 \begin_layout Standard
37391 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37393 \begin_inset space ~
37397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37399 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37406 \begin_layout Description
37410 \begin_inset space ~
37415 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
37417 \begin_inset Newline newline
37420 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37423 \begin_layout Description
37431 \begin_layout Description
37432 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37436 \begin_layout Description
37438 \begin_inset space ~
37442 \begin_inset space ~
37445 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37449 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37457 \begin_layout Description
37464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37472 \begin_inset space ~
37477 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37478 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37482 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37485 \begin_layout Description
37492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 \begin_inset space ~
37505 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37506 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37514 \begin_layout Description
37516 \begin_inset space ~
37519 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
37520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37527 is replaced by the version number)
37530 \begin_layout Description
37531 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37534 \begin_layout Description
37535 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
37548 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37552 \begin_layout Description
37556 \begin_inset space ~
37561 PDF-format using the program
37566 \begin_layout Description
37570 \begin_inset space ~
37575 PDF-format using the program
37580 \begin_layout Description
37584 \begin_inset space ~
37589 PDF-format using the program
37594 \begin_layout Description
37598 \begin_inset space ~
37606 \begin_layout Description
37610 \begin_inset space ~
37614 \begin_inset space ~
37619 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37620 and then exported as text using the program
37625 \begin_layout Description
37630 PostScript format using the program
37635 \begin_layout Description
37643 \begin_layout Standard
37648 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37649 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37655 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37658 \begin_layout Standard
37659 If one of the menu entries
37666 \begin_inset space ~
37675 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37676 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37677 \begin_inset space ~
37681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37683 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37688 \begin_inset Index idx
37691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37692 Reconfiguration of LyX
37700 \begin_layout Standard
37705 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37706 the export program.
37709 \begin_layout Subsection
37713 \begin_layout Standard
37714 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37715 format or send it to a printer.
37716 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37717 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37723 For more information have a look at section
37724 \begin_inset space ~
37728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37730 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37737 \begin_layout Subsection
37741 \begin_layout Standard
37742 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37743 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37744 prefix, see section
37745 \begin_inset space ~
37749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37751 reference "sec:Paths"
37756 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37765 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37766 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37767 \begin_inset space ~
37771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37773 reference "sub:Converters"
37780 \begin_layout Subsection
37781 New and Close Window
37784 \begin_layout Standard
37785 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37788 \begin_layout Subsection
37792 \begin_layout Standard
37793 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37796 \begin_layout Section
37798 \begin_inset Index idx
37801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37810 \begin_layout Subsection
37814 \begin_layout Standard
37815 Described in section
37816 \begin_inset space ~
37820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37822 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37829 \begin_layout Subsection
37830 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37833 \begin_layout Standard
37834 Described in section
37835 \begin_inset space ~
37839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37841 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37848 \begin_layout Subsection
37852 \begin_layout Standard
37853 Selects the whole document.
37856 \begin_layout Subsection
37860 \begin_layout Standard
37861 Described in section
37862 \begin_inset space ~
37866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37868 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37875 \begin_layout Subsection
37876 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37879 \begin_layout Standard
37880 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37884 \begin_layout Subsection
37888 \begin_layout Standard
37889 Described in section
37890 \begin_inset space ~
37894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37896 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37903 \begin_layout Subsection
37905 \begin_inset Index idx
37908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37909 Paragraph ! Settings
37917 \begin_layout Standard
37918 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37919 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37922 \begin_layout Standard
37923 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37924 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37926 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37932 \begin_inset space ~
37940 \begin_layout Subsection
37941 Table Settings and Math
37944 \begin_layout Standard
37945 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37947 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37948 The properties of tables are described in section
37949 \begin_inset space ~
37953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37955 reference "sec:Tables"
37959 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37960 \begin_inset space ~
37964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37966 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37973 \begin_layout Subsection
37974 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37977 \begin_layout Standard
37978 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37979 that can be nested.
37980 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37981 \begin_inset space ~
37985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37987 reference "sec:Nesting"
37992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37994 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38001 \begin_layout Section
38003 \begin_inset Index idx
38006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38015 \begin_layout Standard
38020 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38021 document with an external program.
38022 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38023 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38024 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38025 \begin_inset space ~
38029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38031 reference "sub:Export"
38036 You should at least see the menu entries
38043 \begin_inset space ~
38049 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38050 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38057 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38062 \begin_inset Index idx
38065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 Reconfiguration of LyX
38074 \begin_layout Standard
38075 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38076 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38077 \begin_inset space ~
38081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38083 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38088 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38091 \begin_layout Standard
38092 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38095 At the bottom of the
38099 menu the opened documents are listed.
38102 \begin_layout Subsection
38103 Open/Close all Insets
38106 \begin_layout Standard
38107 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38110 \begin_layout Subsection
38111 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38114 \begin_layout Standard
38115 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38118 \begin_layout Standard
38119 Math macros are described in the
38126 \begin_layout Subsection
38130 \begin_layout Standard
38131 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38133 \begin_inset space ~
38137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38139 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38146 \begin_layout Subsection
38150 \begin_layout Standard
38151 Opens a window showing console messages.
38152 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38156 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38157 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38160 \begin_layout Subsection
38164 \begin_layout Standard
38165 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38166 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38167 \begin_inset space ~
38171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38173 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38177 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38178 \begin_inset space ~
38182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38184 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38188 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38191 \begin_layout Subsection
38192 View (Other Formats)
38195 \begin_layout Standard
38196 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38199 \begin_layout Subsection
38203 \begin_layout Standard
38204 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38205 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38206 opening a new viewer window.
38209 \begin_layout Subsection
38210 Update (Other Formats)
38213 \begin_layout Standard
38214 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38215 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38218 \begin_layout Subsection
38219 View Master Document
38222 \begin_layout Standard
38223 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38240 manual for more information on this topic).
38241 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38242 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38247 generates the output of the whole book, while
38251 will just output the chapter alone.
38254 \begin_layout Standard
38255 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38256 in the preferences (see sec.
38257 \begin_inset space ~
38261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38263 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38267 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38268 \begin_inset space ~
38272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38274 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38281 \begin_layout Subsection
38282 Update Master Document
38285 \begin_layout Standard
38286 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38303 manual for more information on this topic).
38304 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38305 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38308 \begin_layout Standard
38309 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38310 in the preferences (see sec.
38311 \begin_inset space ~
38315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38317 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38321 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38322 \begin_inset space ~
38326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38328 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38335 \begin_layout Subsection
38339 \begin_layout Standard
38340 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38341 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38342 view the same document, but at different positions.
38343 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38344 or more documents at the same time.
38345 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38352 \begin_layout Subsection
38356 \begin_layout Standard
38357 Closes a split view.
38360 \begin_layout Subsection
38364 \begin_layout Standard
38365 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38366 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38367 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38368 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38369 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38372 \begin_layout Subsection
38374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38376 name "sub:Toolbars"
38381 \begin_inset Index idx
38384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38393 \begin_layout Standard
38394 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38395 All toolbars and the
38398 \begin_inset space ~
38403 can be turned on and off.
38408 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38420 \begin_inset space ~
38429 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38433 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38440 \begin_layout Standard
38445 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38449 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38450 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38451 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38452 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38453 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38456 \begin_layout Standard
38457 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38458 \begin_inset space ~
38462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38464 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38471 \begin_layout Section
38473 \begin_inset Index idx
38476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38485 \begin_layout Subsection
38489 \begin_layout Standard
38490 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38491 \begin_inset space ~
38495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38497 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38508 \begin_layout Subsection
38510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38512 name "sub:Special-Character"
38519 \begin_layout Standard
38520 Here you can insert the following characters:
38523 \begin_layout Description
38524 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38525 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38526 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38527 \begin_inset Newline newline
38531 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38539 Not all characters will be visible in the
38543 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38551 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38555 ) can display every character.
38563 \begin_layout Description
38564 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38568 \begin_layout Description
38570 \begin_inset space ~
38574 \begin_inset space ~
38577 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38578 \begin_inset space ~
38582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38584 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38591 \begin_layout Description
38593 \begin_inset space ~
38596 Quote Inserts this quote:
38597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38600 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
38602 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38612 \begin_layout Description
38614 \begin_inset space ~
38617 Quote Inserts this quote:
38618 \begin_inset Quotes els
38624 \begin_layout Description
38626 \begin_inset space ~
38629 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38633 \begin_layout Description
38635 \begin_inset space ~
38638 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38642 \begin_layout Description
38644 \begin_inset space ~
38647 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38651 \begin_layout Description
38653 \begin_inset space ~
38657 \begin_inset Index idx
38660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38667 \begin_inset Index idx
38670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38671 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38676 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38677 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38678 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38683 \begin_inset Index idx
38686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38687 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38693 \begin_inset Newline newline
38696 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38700 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38708 and this Wiki-page:
38709 \begin_inset Newline newline
38713 \begin_inset Flex URL
38716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38718 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38726 \begin_layout Subsection
38730 \begin_layout Standard
38731 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38734 \begin_layout Description
38735 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38736 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
38742 \begin_layout Description
38743 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38744 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
38750 \begin_layout Description
38752 \begin_inset space ~
38755 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38756 \begin_inset space ~
38760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38762 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38769 \begin_layout Description
38771 \begin_inset space ~
38774 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38775 \begin_inset space ~
38779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38781 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38788 \begin_layout Description
38790 \begin_inset space ~
38793 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38794 \begin_inset space ~
38798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38800 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38807 \begin_layout Description
38809 \begin_inset space ~
38812 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38813 \begin_inset space ~
38817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38819 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38826 \begin_layout Description
38828 \begin_inset space ~
38831 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38832 \begin_inset space ~
38836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38838 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38845 \begin_layout Description
38847 \begin_inset space ~
38850 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38851 \begin_inset space ~
38855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38857 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38864 \begin_layout Description
38866 \begin_inset space ~
38869 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38870 \begin_inset space ~
38874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38876 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38883 \begin_layout Description
38885 \begin_inset space ~
38888 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38889 \begin_inset space ~
38893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38895 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38902 \begin_layout Description
38904 \begin_inset space ~
38908 \begin_inset space ~
38911 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38918 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38925 \begin_layout Description
38927 \begin_inset space ~
38930 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38931 text line to the page border, see section
38932 \begin_inset space ~
38936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38938 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38945 \begin_layout Description
38947 \begin_inset space ~
38950 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38951 \begin_inset space ~
38955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38957 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38964 \begin_layout Description
38966 \begin_inset space ~
38969 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38970 text page to the page border, described in section
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38977 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38984 \begin_layout Description
38986 \begin_inset space ~
38989 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38990 \begin_inset space ~
38994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38996 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39003 \begin_layout Description
39005 \begin_inset space ~
39009 \begin_inset space ~
39012 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39013 \begin_inset space ~
39017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39019 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39026 \begin_layout Subsection
39030 \begin_layout Standard
39031 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39032 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
39034 \begin_inset space ~
39038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39040 reference "sec:toc"
39045 The index list is described in section
39046 \begin_inset space ~
39050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39052 reference "sec:Index"
39056 , the nomenclature in section
39057 \begin_inset space ~
39061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39063 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39067 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39074 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39081 \begin_layout Subsection
39085 \begin_layout Standard
39086 To insert floats, described in section
39087 \begin_inset space ~
39091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39093 reference "sec:Floats"
39100 \begin_layout Subsection
39104 \begin_layout Standard
39105 To insert notes, described in section
39106 \begin_inset space ~
39110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39112 reference "sec:Notes"
39119 \begin_layout Subsection
39123 \begin_layout Standard
39124 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39125 \begin_inset space ~
39129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39131 reference "sec:Branches"
39138 \begin_layout Subsection
39142 \begin_layout Standard
39143 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39144 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39146 An example is the document class
39147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39154 with three custom insets.
39157 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39163 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39166 \begin_layout Subsection
39168 \begin_inset Index idx
39171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39180 \begin_layout Standard
39181 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39182 files in your document.
39183 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39194 \begin_layout Subsection
39196 \begin_inset Index idx
39199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39208 \begin_layout Standard
39209 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39216 reference "sec:Minipages"
39221 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39232 \begin_layout Subsection
39236 \begin_layout Standard
39237 Inserts a citation as described in section
39238 \begin_inset space ~
39242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39244 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39251 \begin_layout Subsection
39255 \begin_layout Standard
39256 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39257 \begin_inset space ~
39261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39263 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39270 \begin_layout Subsection
39274 \begin_layout Standard
39275 Inserts a label as described in section
39276 \begin_inset space ~
39280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39282 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39289 \begin_layout Subsection
39291 \begin_inset Index idx
39294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39301 \begin_inset Index idx
39304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39305 Longtables ! Caption
39313 \begin_layout Standard
39314 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39315 Floats are described in section
39316 \begin_inset space ~
39320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39322 reference "sec:Floats"
39326 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39337 \begin_layout Subsection
39341 \begin_layout Standard
39342 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39343 \begin_inset space ~
39347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39349 reference "sec:Index"
39356 \begin_layout Subsection
39360 \begin_layout Standard
39361 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39362 \begin_inset space ~
39366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39368 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39375 \begin_layout Subsection
39379 \begin_layout Standard
39381 Tables are described in section
39382 \begin_inset space ~
39386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39388 reference "sec:Tables"
39395 \begin_layout Subsection
39399 \begin_layout Standard
39401 Graphics are described in section
39402 \begin_inset space ~
39406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39408 reference "sec:Graphics"
39415 \begin_layout Subsection
39419 \begin_layout Standard
39420 Inserts an URL as described in section
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39427 reference "sub:URLs"
39434 \begin_layout Subsection
39438 \begin_layout Standard
39439 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39440 \begin_inset space ~
39444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39446 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39453 \begin_layout Subsection
39457 \begin_layout Standard
39458 Inserts a footnote, see section
39459 \begin_inset space ~
39463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39465 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39472 \begin_layout Subsection
39476 \begin_layout Standard
39477 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39478 \begin_inset space ~
39482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39484 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39491 \begin_layout Subsection
39495 \begin_layout Standard
39496 Inserts a short title, see section
39497 \begin_inset space ~
39501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39503 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39510 \begin_layout Subsection
39514 \begin_layout Standard
39515 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39516 \begin_inset space ~
39520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39522 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39529 \begin_layout Subsection
39531 \begin_inset Index idx
39534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39543 \begin_layout Standard
39544 Inserts a program listings box.
39545 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39547 Program Code Listings
39556 \begin_layout Subsection
39560 \begin_layout Standard
39561 Inserts the actual date.
39562 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39564 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39576 \begin_layout Section
39578 \begin_inset Index idx
39581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39590 \begin_layout Standard
39591 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39592 \begin_inset space ~
39595 of the current document.
39596 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39599 \begin_layout Subsection
39603 \begin_layout Standard
39604 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39605 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39607 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39611 \begin_inset space \space{}
39615 \begin_inset space ~
39619 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39620 \begin_inset space ~
39623 2.5 and use the menu
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39637 \begin_inset space ~
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39653 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39657 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39663 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39669 \begin_layout Standard
39670 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39671 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39674 \begin_layout Subsection
39675 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39678 \begin_layout Standard
39679 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39683 \begin_layout Subsection
39687 \begin_layout Standard
39688 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39689 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39690 on a cross-reference box.
39693 \begin_layout Section
39695 \begin_inset Index idx
39698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39707 \begin_layout Subsection
39711 \begin_layout Standard
39712 Change Tracking is described in section
39713 \begin_inset space ~
39717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39719 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39726 \begin_layout Subsection
39731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39741 \begin_layout Standard
39742 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39744 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39747 \begin_layout Standard
39748 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39753 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39756 \begin_layout Subsection
39760 \begin_layout Standard
39761 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39762 \begin_inset space ~
39766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39768 reference "sec:Navigating"
39773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39775 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39782 \begin_layout Subsection
39783 Start Appendix Here
39786 \begin_layout Standard
39787 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39788 position as described in section
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39795 reference "sec:Appendices"
39802 \begin_layout Subsection
39806 \begin_layout Standard
39807 Un/compresses the current document.
39810 \begin_layout Subsection
39814 \begin_layout Standard
39815 The document settings are described in appendix
39816 \begin_inset space ~
39820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39822 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39829 \begin_layout Section
39831 \begin_inset Index idx
39834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39843 \begin_layout Subsection
39847 \begin_layout Standard
39848 Spell checking is explained in section
39849 \begin_inset space ~
39853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39855 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39862 \begin_layout Subsection
39866 \begin_layout Standard
39867 The thesaurus is described in section
39868 \begin_inset space ~
39872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39874 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39881 \begin_layout Subsection
39883 \begin_inset Index idx
39886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39893 \begin_inset Index idx
39896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39905 \begin_layout Standard
39906 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
39907 highlighted document part.
39910 \begin_layout Subsection
39912 \begin_inset Index idx
39915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39924 \begin_layout Standard
39925 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39928 \begin_layout Subsection
39930 \begin_inset Index idx
39933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39934 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39945 Reconfiguration of LyX
39949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39962 \begin_inset Index idx
39965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39966 Reconfiguration of LyX
39974 \begin_layout Standard
39975 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39976 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39983 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39990 \begin_layout Subsection
39994 \begin_layout Standard
39995 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40002 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40009 \begin_layout Section
40011 \begin_inset Index idx
40014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40023 \begin_layout Standard
40024 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40028 \begin_layout Standard
40032 \begin_inset space ~
40037 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40038 found by LyX (see also section
40039 \begin_inset space ~
40043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40045 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40052 \begin_layout Section
40054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40056 name "sec:Toolbars"
40063 \begin_layout Standard
40064 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40065 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40071 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40078 \begin_layout Standard
40079 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40080 This is described in the
40082 Additional Features
40087 \begin_layout Subsection
40089 \begin_inset Index idx
40092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40101 \begin_layout Standard
40102 \begin_inset Graphics
40103 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40111 \begin_layout Standard
40112 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40118 \begin_layout Standard
40119 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40136 \begin_inset Note Note
40139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40140 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40145 manual for more information.
40153 \begin_layout Standard
40154 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40160 \begin_layout Standard
40161 \begin_inset Tabular
40162 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40163 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40171 \begin_inset Graphics
40172 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40186 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40199 \begin_layout Standard
40200 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40206 \begin_layout Standard
40208 \begin_inset Tabular
40209 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40210 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40211 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40212 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40236 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40243 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40266 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40273 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40296 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40303 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40312 arg "dialog-show print"
40320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40326 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40342 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40356 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40363 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40386 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40393 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40416 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40446 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40476 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40506 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40522 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40536 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40560 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40574 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40575 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40603 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40605 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40607 \begin_inset space ~
40618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40639 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40641 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40643 \begin_inset space ~
40654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40663 arg "textstyle-apply"
40671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40675 Formats text using the current settings in the
40677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40679 \begin_inset space ~
40690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40713 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40714 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40716 \begin_inset space ~
40725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40734 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40748 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40755 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 arg "tabular-insert"
40770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40792 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40804 Toggle outline window on/off,
40806 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40822 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40834 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40849 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40861 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40874 \begin_layout Subsection
40876 \begin_inset Index idx
40879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40888 \begin_layout Standard
40889 \begin_inset Graphics
40890 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40899 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40905 \begin_layout Standard
40906 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40910 \begin_layout Standard
40911 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40917 \begin_layout Standard
40918 \begin_inset Tabular
40919 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40920 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40921 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40922 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40923 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40950 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40959 arg "layout Enumerate"
40967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40986 arg "layout Itemize"
40994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41004 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41031 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41040 arg "layout Description"
41048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41058 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 arg "depth-increment"
41075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41081 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41083 \begin_inset space ~
41087 \begin_inset space ~
41096 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41105 arg "depth-decrement"
41113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41121 \begin_inset space ~
41125 \begin_inset space ~
41134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41143 arg "float-insert figure"
41151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41158 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41174 arg "float-insert table"
41182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41189 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41235 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41265 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41311 \begin_inset space ~
41320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41329 arg "nomencl-insert"
41337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41345 \begin_inset space ~
41354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41363 arg "footnote-insert"
41371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41393 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41409 \begin_inset space ~
41418 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41441 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41442 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41444 \begin_inset space ~
41453 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41462 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41558 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41567 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41582 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41598 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41612 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41613 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41615 \begin_inset space ~
41624 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41633 arg "dialog-show character"
41641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41647 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41649 \begin_inset space ~
41658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41667 arg "layout-paragraph"
41675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41681 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41683 \begin_inset space ~
41692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41701 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41715 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41729 \begin_layout Subsection
41730 View / Update Toolbar
41731 \begin_inset Index idx
41734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41735 Toolbar ! View / Update
41743 \begin_layout Standard
41744 \begin_inset Graphics
41745 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41752 \begin_layout Standard
41753 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41759 \begin_layout Standard
41760 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41764 \begin_layout Standard
41765 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41771 \begin_layout Standard
41772 \begin_inset Tabular
41773 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41774 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41775 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41776 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41800 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41807 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41816 arg "buffer-update"
41824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41830 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41846 arg "master-buffer-view"
41854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41860 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41876 arg "master-buffer-update"
41884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41890 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41897 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41906 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
41914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41920 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41921 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41922 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41923 Synchronize with Output
41929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41934 \begin_inset Graphics
41935 filename ../images/view-others.png
41937 groupId toolbarbuttons
41948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41954 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41955 View (Other Formats)
41961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41966 \begin_inset Graphics
41967 filename ../images/update-others.png
41969 groupId toolbarbuttons
41978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41985 Update (Other Formats)
41998 \begin_layout Standard
41999 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42003 \begin_layout Subsection
42007 \begin_layout Standard
42008 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42009 \begin_inset space ~
42013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42015 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42019 , the table toolbar
42020 \begin_inset Index idx
42023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42033 manual, the math macro toolbar
42034 \begin_inset Index idx
42037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42050 \begin_layout Chapter
42051 The Document Settings
42052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42054 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42059 \begin_inset Index idx
42062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42063 Document ! Settings
42071 \begin_layout Standard
42072 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42073 whole document and is called with the menu
42075 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42079 You can save your document settings as default with th
42081 e Save as Document Defaults
42083 button in the dialog.
42084 This will create a template named
42088 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42092 \begin_layout Standard
42093 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42096 \begin_layout Section
42100 \begin_layout Standard
42101 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42103 Document classes are described in section
42104 \begin_inset space ~
42108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42110 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42115 Some classes use some class options by default.
42116 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42120 and you can decide to use them or not.
42121 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42122 recommended not to touch them.
42123 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42129 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42130 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42136 When you want one of the following drivers
42137 \begin_inset Newline newline
42140 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42141 \begin_inset Newline newline
42144 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42149 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42151 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42163 \begin_layout Standard
42164 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42165 child or subdocument.
42166 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42167 without its master.
42168 This way child documents are always compilable.
42169 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42180 \begin_layout Section
42184 \begin_layout Standard
42185 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42186 Please refer to the section
42194 manual for details.
42197 \begin_layout Section
42201 \begin_layout Standard
42202 Modules are explained in section
42203 \begin_inset space ~
42207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42209 reference "sub:Modules"
42216 \begin_layout Section
42220 \begin_layout Standard
42221 The document font settings are described in section
42222 \begin_inset space ~
42226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42228 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42235 \begin_layout Section
42239 \begin_layout Standard
42240 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42242 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42246 \begin_layout Standard
42247 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42248 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42249 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42252 \begin_layout Standard
42253 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42261 \begin_layout Section
42265 \begin_layout Standard
42266 A description of this menu is given in section
42267 \begin_inset space ~
42271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42273 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
42278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42280 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42287 \begin_layout Section
42291 \begin_layout Standard
42292 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42293 \begin_inset space ~
42297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42299 reference "sub:Margins"
42306 \begin_layout Section
42308 \begin_inset Index idx
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42312 Language ! Encoding
42320 \begin_layout Standard
42321 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42322 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42323 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42324 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42325 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42326 known for a particular character).
42330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42331 The known commands are defined in a text file.
42332 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42337 manual for details.
42345 \begin_layout Standard
42346 If you use the option
42350 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42351 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42352 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42353 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42354 exactly one encoding.
42355 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42358 \begin_layout Standard
42359 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42360 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42361 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42362 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42363 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42364 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42369 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42370 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42371 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42372 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42373 engines to standard LaTeX.
42374 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42375 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42378 \begin_inset space ~
42385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42397 \begin_inset space ~
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42416 \begin_inset space ~
42422 \begin_inset space ~
42426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42428 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42432 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42435 \begin_layout Standard
42436 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42439 \begin_layout Description
42441 \begin_inset space ~
42445 \begin_inset space ~
42449 \begin_inset space ~
42456 , but the LaTeX-package
42461 \begin_inset Index idx
42464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42465 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42471 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42472 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42473 languages in TeX code.
42476 \begin_layout Description
42477 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42478 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42479 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42482 \begin_layout Description
42484 \begin_inset space ~
42488 \begin_inset space ~
42491 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42494 \begin_layout Description
42496 \begin_inset space ~
42500 \begin_inset space ~
42503 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42506 \begin_layout Description
42508 \begin_inset space ~
42511 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42514 \begin_layout Description
42516 \begin_inset space ~
42520 \begin_inset space ~
42523 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42524 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42527 \begin_layout Description
42529 \begin_inset space ~
42533 \begin_inset space ~
42536 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42540 \begin_layout Description
42542 \begin_inset space ~
42546 \begin_inset space ~
42549 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42550 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42553 \begin_layout Description
42555 \begin_inset space ~
42559 \begin_inset space ~
42563 \begin_inset space ~
42566 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42567 \begin_inset space ~
42573 \begin_layout Description
42575 \begin_inset space ~
42579 \begin_inset space ~
42583 \begin_inset space ~
42586 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42587 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42590 \begin_layout Description
42592 \begin_inset space ~
42596 \begin_inset space ~
42599 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42600 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42601 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42602 \begin_inset space ~
42606 \begin_inset space ~
42612 \begin_layout Description
42614 \begin_inset space ~
42618 \begin_inset space ~
42621 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42622 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42623 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42624 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42625 \begin_inset space ~
42629 \begin_inset space ~
42635 \begin_layout Description
42637 \begin_inset space ~
42641 \begin_inset space ~
42644 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42647 \begin_layout Description
42649 \begin_inset space ~
42653 \begin_inset space ~
42656 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42659 \begin_layout Description
42661 \begin_inset space ~
42665 \begin_inset space ~
42668 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42671 \begin_layout Description
42673 \begin_inset space ~
42676 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42679 \begin_layout Description
42681 \begin_inset space ~
42684 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42687 \begin_layout Description
42689 \begin_inset space ~
42693 \begin_inset space ~
42696 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42699 \begin_layout Description
42701 \begin_inset space ~
42705 \begin_inset space ~
42711 \begin_layout Description
42713 \begin_inset space ~
42717 \begin_inset space ~
42720 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42723 \begin_layout Description
42725 \begin_inset space ~
42729 \begin_inset space ~
42735 \begin_layout Description
42737 \begin_inset space ~
42741 \begin_inset space ~
42744 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42749 \begin_inset Index idx
42752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42753 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42758 , when using this, set the document language to
42763 \begin_layout Description
42765 \begin_inset space ~
42769 \begin_inset space ~
42772 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42776 , when using this, set the document language to
42779 \begin_inset space ~
42785 \begin_layout Description
42787 \begin_inset space ~
42791 \begin_inset space ~
42794 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42799 \begin_inset Index idx
42802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42803 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42808 , when using this, set the document language to
42813 \begin_layout Description
42815 \begin_inset space ~
42819 \begin_inset space ~
42822 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42826 , when using this, set the document language to
42831 \begin_layout Description
42833 \begin_inset space ~
42837 \begin_inset space ~
42840 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42844 , when using this, set the document language to
42849 \begin_layout Description
42851 \begin_inset space ~
42854 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42857 \begin_layout Description
42859 \begin_inset space ~
42863 \begin_inset space ~
42867 \begin_inset space ~
42870 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
42873 \begin_layout Description
42875 \begin_inset space ~
42879 \begin_inset space ~
42883 \begin_inset space ~
42886 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42887 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
42888 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42891 \begin_layout Description
42893 \begin_inset space ~
42897 \begin_inset space ~
42903 \begin_layout Description
42905 \begin_inset space ~
42909 \begin_inset space ~
42912 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42913 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42916 \begin_layout Description
42918 \begin_inset space ~
42922 \begin_inset space ~
42925 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42930 \begin_inset Index idx
42933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42934 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42939 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42942 \begin_layout Description
42944 \begin_inset space ~
42948 \begin_inset space ~
42951 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42959 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42964 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42966 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42969 \begin_layout Description
42971 \begin_inset space ~
42975 \begin_inset space ~
42978 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42983 \begin_inset Index idx
42986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42987 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42992 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42995 \begin_layout Description
42997 \begin_inset space ~
43000 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43005 \begin_inset Index idx
43008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43009 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43015 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43019 \begin_layout Description
43021 \begin_inset space ~
43025 \begin_inset space ~
43029 \begin_inset space ~
43032 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43033 \begin_inset space ~
43039 \begin_layout Description
43041 \begin_inset space ~
43045 \begin_inset space ~
43049 \begin_inset space ~
43052 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43053 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43054 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43058 \begin_layout Description
43060 \begin_inset space ~
43064 \begin_inset space ~
43068 \begin_inset space ~
43071 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43072 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43075 \begin_layout Standard
43076 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43080 LatexCommand formatted
43081 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43085 for more information on the language package.
43088 \begin_layout Section
43092 \begin_layout Standard
43093 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43094 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43095 \begin_inset space ~
43099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43101 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43108 \begin_layout Section
43112 \begin_layout Standard
43113 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43118 \begin_inset Index idx
43121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43122 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43132 \begin_inset Index idx
43135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43136 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43141 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43146 \begin_inset Index idx
43149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43150 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43155 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43157 For a further description see section
43158 \begin_inset space ~
43162 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43164 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43171 \begin_layout Section
43175 \begin_layout Standard
43176 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43177 and you can define additional indexes.
43178 Please refer to section
43179 \begin_inset space ~
43183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43185 reference "sec:Index"
43192 \begin_layout Section
43196 \begin_layout Standard
43197 The PDF properties are explained in section
43198 \begin_inset space ~
43202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43204 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43211 \begin_layout Section
43215 \begin_layout Standard
43216 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43221 \begin_inset Index idx
43224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43225 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43235 \begin_inset Index idx
43238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43239 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43244 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43247 \begin_layout Standard
43252 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43253 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43256 \begin_layout Standard
43261 is used for special integral characters.
43264 \begin_layout Section
43268 \begin_layout Standard
43269 The float placement options are described in section
43270 \begin_inset space ~
43274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43276 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
43283 \begin_layout Section
43287 \begin_layout Standard
43288 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43289 The itemize environment is described in section
43290 \begin_inset space ~
43294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43296 reference "sec:Itemize"
43303 \begin_layout Section
43307 \begin_layout Standard
43308 Branches are described in section
43309 \begin_inset space ~
43313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43315 reference "sec:Branches"
43322 \begin_layout Section
43324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43326 name "sec:Doc-Output"
43333 \begin_layout Standard
43334 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
43337 \begin_layout Description
43339 \begin_inset space ~
43343 \begin_inset space ~
43346 Format: The format that is used when you hit
43347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43366 View Master Document
43367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43374 Update Master Document
43375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43382 menu or the toolbar.
43383 The default is set in
43385 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43386 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43391 LatexCommand formatted
43392 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43399 \begin_layout Description
43401 \begin_inset space ~
43405 \begin_inset space ~
43409 \begin_inset Note Note
43412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43421 \begin_layout Description
43423 \begin_inset space ~
43427 \begin_inset space ~
43431 \begin_inset Note Note
43434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43443 \begin_layout Section
43448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43458 \begin_layout Standard
43459 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43460 to define LaTeX-commands.
43461 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43462 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43466 \begin_layout Standard
43467 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43468 \begin_inset space ~
43472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43474 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43481 \begin_layout Chapter
43487 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43489 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43494 \begin_inset Index idx
43497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43506 \begin_layout Standard
43507 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43509 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43513 It has the following submenus.
43516 \begin_layout Section
43520 \begin_layout Subsection
43524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43525 User Interface File
43526 \begin_inset Index idx
43529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43530 Customization ! of toolbars
43536 \begin_inset Index idx
43539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43540 Customization ! of menus
43548 \begin_layout Standard
43549 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43557 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43566 \begin_layout Standard
43567 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43568 interface (ui) file.
43569 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43570 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43579 Both files are loaded by the
43584 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43585 files and edit the entries.
43588 \begin_layout Standard
43589 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43601 entries must be ended with an explicit
43626 and in the case of the
43627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43639 The syntax for the entries is:
43642 \begin_layout Standard
43643 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43671 \begin_layout Standard
43673 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43676 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43678 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43680 \begin_inset space ~
43688 \begin_layout Standard
43689 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43695 \begin_layout Standard
43696 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43698 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43701 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43705 \begin_layout Standard
43706 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43730 \begin_layout Standard
43732 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43735 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43742 \begin_layout Standard
43745 Enable tool tips in main work area
43747 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43755 \begin_layout Standard
43759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43766 restoring of window layout and geometries
43768 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43769 in the last LyX session.
43772 \begin_layout Standard
43775 Restore cursor positions
43777 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43781 \begin_layout Standard
43784 Load opened files from last session
43786 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43793 name "sub:Backup documents"
43798 \begin_inset Index idx
43801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43810 \begin_layout Standard
43815 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43818 \begin_layout Standard
43823 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43826 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43828 \begin_inset space ~
43836 \begin_layout Standard
43839 Open documents in tabs
43841 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43845 \begin_layout Subsection
43847 \begin_inset Index idx
43850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43859 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43866 \begin_layout Standard
43867 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43870 \begin_layout Standard
43871 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43879 This section only deals with the fonts
43884 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43887 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43888 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43899 \begin_layout Standard
43900 By default, LyX uses
43904 as roman (serif) font,
43912 (depends on the system) as
43915 \begin_inset space ~
43931 \begin_layout Standard
43932 You can change the font size with the
43937 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43938 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43941 \begin_layout Standard
43946 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43947 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43952 points have the size of 1
43953 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43957 \begin_inset space ~
43961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43963 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43970 \begin_layout Standard
43975 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43976 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43980 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43981 \begin_inset space ~
43985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43987 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43994 \begin_layout Standard
43997 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43999 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44000 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44001 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44002 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44004 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44005 \begin_inset space ~
44011 \begin_layout Subsection
44013 \begin_inset Index idx
44016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44023 \begin_inset Index idx
44026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44035 \begin_layout Standard
44036 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44037 Choose an item in the list and use the
44044 \begin_layout Subsection
44046 \begin_inset Index idx
44049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44058 \begin_layout Standard
44059 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44062 \begin_layout Standard
44067 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44068 This feature is described in section
44069 \begin_inset space ~
44073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44075 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44082 \begin_layout Standard
44086 \begin_inset space ~
44090 \begin_inset space ~
44094 \begin_inset space ~
44099 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44102 \begin_layout Section
44104 \begin_inset Index idx
44107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44116 \begin_layout Subsection
44120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44124 \begin_layout Standard
44127 Cursor follows scrollbar
44129 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44133 \begin_layout Standard
44134 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44139 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44140 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44143 \begin_layout Standard
44146 Sort environments alphabetically
44148 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44151 \begin_layout Standard
44154 Group environments by their category
44156 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44159 \begin_layout Standard
44160 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44176 \begin_layout Standard
44177 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44182 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44183 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44187 \begin_layout Subsection
44189 \begin_inset Index idx
44192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44199 \begin_inset Index idx
44202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44203 Settings ! Shortcuts
44211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44215 \begin_layout Standard
44216 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44217 Several binding files are available:
44220 \begin_layout Description
44221 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44224 \begin_layout Description
44225 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44236 \begin_layout Description
44237 mac.bind set of bindings for
44240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44248 \begin_layout Standard
44249 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44253 , and bind files for special languages.
44254 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44259 \begin_inset space \space{}
44263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44271 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44275 \begin_layout Standard
44276 Some bind-files, like
44280 , have only a small scope.
44281 When looking at the end of the file
44285 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44292 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44297 \begin_inset Index idx
44300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44301 Key Bindings ! Editing
44309 \begin_layout Standard
44310 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
44311 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
44312 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
44315 Show key-bindings containing
44318 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
44319 Insert there for example as keyword
44320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44327 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
44329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44337 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
44338 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
44342 that you will find in the
44349 \begin_layout Standard
44351 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44355 \begin_inset space \space{}
44366 , select the function and press the
44371 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44372 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44373 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44374 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44375 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44377 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44379 The binding for the function
44383 is an example of this.
44386 \begin_layout Standard
44387 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44389 The syntax of the entries is:
44392 \begin_layout Standard
44398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44416 \begin_layout Subsection
44418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44420 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44425 \begin_inset Index idx
44428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44435 \begin_inset Index idx
44438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44439 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44447 \begin_layout Standard
44448 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44449 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44455 \begin_inset space \space{}
44458 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44459 can use the keyboard map file named
44466 \begin_layout Standard
44467 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44475 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44483 \begin_layout Standard
44484 Besides this, you can specify here the
44486 Wheel scrolling speed
44489 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44493 \begin_layout Subsection
44495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44497 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44502 \begin_inset Index idx
44505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44514 \begin_layout Standard
44515 Input completion is described in sec.
44516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44522 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44527 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44529 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44530 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44534 \begin_layout Section
44536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44543 \begin_inset Index idx
44546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44553 \begin_inset Index idx
44556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44565 \begin_layout Description
44567 \begin_inset space ~
44570 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44571 It is the default when you
44582 \begin_inset space ~
44590 \begin_layout Description
44592 \begin_inset space ~
44595 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44597 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44599 \begin_inset space ~
44603 \begin_inset space ~
44611 \begin_layout Description
44613 \begin_inset space ~
44616 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44622 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44626 \begin_inset Newline newline
44630 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44642 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44650 \begin_layout Description
44652 \begin_inset space ~
44656 \begin_inset Index idx
44659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44665 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44666 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44667 \begin_inset space ~
44671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44673 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44681 will be used to save the backups.
44682 \begin_inset Newline newline
44685 The backup files have the ending
44686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44696 \begin_layout Description
44701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44708 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44709 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44710 \begin_inset Newline newline
44714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44722 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44730 \begin_layout Description
44732 \begin_inset space ~
44735 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44738 \begin_layout Description
44740 \begin_inset space ~
44743 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44744 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44745 to find it on the system.
44746 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44747 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44756 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44757 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44761 \begin_layout Section
44765 \begin_layout Standard
44766 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44767 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44769 \begin_inset space ~
44773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44775 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44779 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44782 \begin_layout Section
44784 \begin_inset Index idx
44787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44788 Language ! Settings
44794 \begin_inset Index idx
44797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44798 Settings ! Language
44806 \begin_layout Subsection
44808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44810 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
44817 \begin_layout Description
44819 \begin_inset space ~
44823 \begin_inset space ~
44826 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44827 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44828 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44829 You find the actual translation status here:
44830 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44832 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44833 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44840 \begin_layout Description
44842 \begin_inset space ~
44845 language is the language used in new documents
44848 \begin_layout Description
44850 \begin_inset space ~
44853 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
44855 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
44856 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
44857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44873 The most widespread language package is
44877 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44878 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44879 with an alternative language package (
44883 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44884 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44886 \begin_inset Newline newline
44889 The available selections are:
44893 \begin_layout Itemize
44903 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44907 \begin_layout Itemize
44913 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44914 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44915 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44918 \begin_layout Itemize
44924 Lets you load some other language package (via
44937 \begin_layout Itemize
44943 Loads no language package at all
44947 \begin_layout Description
44949 \begin_inset space ~
44953 \begin_inset space ~
44956 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44960 \begin_layout Description
44962 \begin_inset space ~
44965 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44966 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44967 An example is the start command
44973 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44978 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44993 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44998 \begin_layout Description
45000 \begin_inset space ~
45008 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45009 command toggles the package on and off.
45012 \begin_layout Description
45014 \begin_inset space ~
45018 \begin_inset space ~
45021 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45022 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45023 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45024 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45031 \begin_layout Description
45033 \begin_inset space ~
45036 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45038 When this option is not set, the
45041 \begin_inset space ~
45046 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45047 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45050 \begin_inset space ~
45058 \begin_layout Description
45060 \begin_inset space ~
45066 \begin_inset space ~
45072 When it is not set, the
45075 \begin_inset space ~
45080 is set to the end of the document.
45083 \begin_layout Description
45085 \begin_inset space ~
45089 \begin_inset space ~
45092 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45093 language will be underlined blue.
45096 \begin_layout Description
45098 \begin_inset space ~
45102 \begin_inset space ~
45105 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45106 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45109 \begin_layout Description
45111 \begin_inset space ~
45114 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45115 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45116 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45117 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45120 \begin_layout Subsection
45124 \begin_layout Standard
45125 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45126 \begin_inset space ~
45130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45132 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45139 \begin_layout Section
45143 \begin_layout Subsection
45145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45152 \begin_inset Index idx
45155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45162 \begin_inset Index idx
45165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45174 \begin_layout Description
45176 \begin_inset space ~
45179 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45180 The name will be used when the
45185 \begin_inset Newline newline
45189 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45197 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45205 \begin_layout Description
45207 \begin_inset space ~
45211 \begin_inset space ~
45215 \begin_inset space ~
45218 printer This option works only for the
45223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45235 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45236 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45239 \begin_layout Description
45241 \begin_inset space ~
45244 command is the command LyX
45245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45252 LaTeX uses for printing.
45253 The default is on most systems
45260 \begin_layout Description
45262 \begin_inset space ~
45266 \begin_inset space ~
45269 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45270 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45271 of the program that provides the
45278 \begin_layout Subsection
45280 \begin_inset Index idx
45283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45290 \begin_inset Index idx
45293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45294 Settings ! Date format
45302 \begin_layout Standard
45303 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45304 \begin_inset Newline newline
45308 \begin_inset Flex URL
45311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45313 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45319 \begin_inset Newline newline
45322 For example the format
45323 \begin_inset Newline newline
45327 \begin_inset Newline newline
45330 prints the date as day/month/year.
45333 \begin_layout Subsection
45337 \begin_layout Description
45339 \begin_inset space ~
45343 \begin_inset space ~
45346 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45349 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45350 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45352 \begin_inset space ~
45358 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45362 \begin_layout Description
45364 \begin_inset space ~
45367 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45372 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45373 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45376 \begin_layout Subsection
45381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45391 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45396 \begin_inset Index idx
45399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45408 \begin_layout Description
45410 \begin_inset space ~
45417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45425 \begin_inset space ~
45429 \begin_inset space ~
45432 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45437 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45459 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45472 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45473 LyX sets up in the background.
45474 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45477 \begin_layout Description
45479 \begin_inset space ~
45483 \begin_inset space ~
45486 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45491 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45494 \begin_layout Standard
45495 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45496 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45497 manuals of the applications.
45498 Currently the following commands can be set:
45501 \begin_layout Description
45506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45514 \begin_inset space ~
45517 command Command for the program
45521 that is described in the section
45527 Additional Features
45532 \begin_layout Description
45537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45545 \begin_inset space ~
45548 command Command for the program
45552 that generates the bibliography, see section
45553 \begin_inset space ~
45557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45559 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45566 \begin_layout Description
45568 \begin_inset space ~
45571 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45572 \begin_inset space ~
45576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45578 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45585 \begin_layout Description
45587 \begin_inset space ~
45590 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45591 \begin_inset space ~
45595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45597 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45604 \begin_layout Description
45606 \begin_inset space ~
45610 \begin_inset space ~
45614 \begin_inset space ~
45618 \begin_inset space ~
45621 options They only have an effect when the program
45625 is used as DVI-viewer.
45628 \begin_layout Standard
45629 There are additionally the following options:
45632 \begin_layout Description
45634 \begin_inset space ~
45638 \begin_inset space ~
45642 \begin_inset space ~
45646 \begin_inset space ~
45650 \begin_inset space ~
45653 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45671 to separate folders.
45672 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45673 \begin_inset Index idx
45676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45683 \begin_inset Index idx
45686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45695 \begin_layout Description
45697 \begin_inset space ~
45701 \begin_inset space ~
45705 \begin_inset space ~
45709 \begin_inset space ~
45713 \begin_inset space ~
45717 \begin_inset space ~
45720 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45725 dialog when changing the document class.
45728 \begin_layout Section
45730 \begin_inset space ~
45734 \begin_inset Index idx
45737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45746 \begin_layout Subsection
45748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45750 name "sub:Converters"
45755 \begin_inset Index idx
45758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45767 \begin_layout Standard
45768 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45769 from one format to another.
45770 You can modify them or create new ones.
45771 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45778 \begin_inset space ~
45788 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45792 \begin_inset space ~
45797 drop-down list, modify the
45801 field, and press the
45808 \begin_layout Standard
45811 Converter File Cache
45813 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45816 Maximum Age (in days
45819 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45820 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45823 \begin_layout Standard
45824 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45825 the converter definition, is described in the section
45836 \begin_layout Subsection
45838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45840 name "sec:File-Formats"
45845 \begin_inset Index idx
45848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45855 \begin_inset Index idx
45858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45867 \begin_layout Standard
45868 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45869 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45873 \begin_layout Standard
45874 Furthermore, you can define the
45875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45878 Default output format
45879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45882 that is used when you hit
45883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45902 View Master Document
45903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45910 Update Master Document
45911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45914 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45917 \begin_layout Standard
45918 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45919 is described in the section
45930 \begin_layout Standard
45931 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45932 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45933 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45934 This is done by specifying a
45939 More about this is described in the section
45950 \begin_layout Chapter
45951 Units available in LyX
45952 \begin_inset Index idx
45955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45964 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45971 \begin_layout Standard
45972 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45975 reference "cap:Units"
45979 explains all units available in LyX.
45982 \begin_layout Standard
45983 \begin_inset Float table
45989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45990 \begin_inset Caption
45992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46008 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46016 \begin_inset Tabular
46017 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46018 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46171 scaled point (65536
46172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46232 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46287 % of original image width
46294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46501 \begin_layout Chapter
46503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46512 \begin_layout Standard
46513 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46514 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46517 \begin_layout Itemize
46520 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46523 \begin_layout Itemize
46529 \begin_layout Itemize
46535 \begin_layout Itemize
46541 \begin_layout Itemize
46547 \begin_layout Itemize
46553 \begin_layout Itemize
46559 \begin_layout Itemize
46565 \begin_layout Itemize
46568 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46571 \begin_layout Itemize
46577 \begin_layout Itemize
46583 \begin_layout Itemize
46589 \begin_layout Itemize
46595 \begin_layout Itemize
46601 \begin_layout Itemize
46607 \begin_layout Itemize
46613 \begin_layout Itemize
46619 \begin_layout Itemize
46621 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46630 \begin_layout Standard
46631 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46634 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46641 \begin_layout Bibliography
46642 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46643 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46644 LatexCommand bibitem
46651 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46654 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46659 \begin_inset Newline newline
46663 \begin_inset Flex URL
46666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46668 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46676 \begin_layout Bibliography
46677 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46678 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46679 LatexCommand bibitem
46680 key "latexcompanion"
46684 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46686 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46689 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46692 \begin_layout Bibliography
46693 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46694 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46695 LatexCommand bibitem
46700 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46703 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46706 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46709 \begin_layout Bibliography
46710 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46711 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46712 LatexCommand bibitem
46719 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46722 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46725 \begin_layout Bibliography
46726 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46728 LatexCommand bibitem
46740 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46743 \begin_layout Bibliography
46744 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46745 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46746 LatexCommand bibitem
46752 \begin_inset Newline newline
46756 \begin_inset Flex URL
46759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46761 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46769 \begin_layout Bibliography
46770 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46771 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46772 LatexCommand bibitem
46778 \begin_inset Newline newline
46782 \begin_inset Flex URL
46785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46787 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46795 \begin_layout Bibliography
46796 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46797 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46798 LatexCommand bibitem
46804 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46806 name "Documentation"
46807 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46816 \begin_inset Newline newline
46820 \begin_inset Flex URL
46823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46825 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46833 \begin_layout Bibliography
46834 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46835 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46836 LatexCommand bibitem
46842 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46844 name "Documentation"
46845 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46849 how to use the program
46854 \begin_inset Newline newline
46858 \begin_inset Flex URL
46861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46863 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46871 \begin_layout Bibliography
46872 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46873 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46874 LatexCommand bibitem
46880 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46882 name "Documentation"
46883 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46892 \begin_inset Newline newline
46896 \begin_inset Flex URL
46899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46901 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46909 \begin_layout Bibliography
46910 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46911 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46912 LatexCommand bibitem
46918 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46920 name "Documentation"
46921 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46930 \begin_inset Newline newline
46934 \begin_inset Flex URL
46937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46939 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46947 \begin_layout Bibliography
46948 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46949 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46950 LatexCommand bibitem
46956 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46958 name "Documentation"
46959 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46963 of the LaTeX-package
46968 \begin_inset Index idx
46971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46972 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46978 \begin_inset Newline newline
46982 \begin_inset Flex URL
46985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46987 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46995 \begin_layout Bibliography
46996 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46997 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46998 LatexCommand bibitem
47004 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47006 name "Documentation"
47007 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47011 of the LaTeX-package
47016 \begin_inset Index idx
47019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47020 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47026 \begin_inset Newline newline
47030 \begin_inset Flex URL
47033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47035 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47043 \begin_layout Bibliography
47044 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47045 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47046 LatexCommand bibitem
47054 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47056 name "Documentation"
47057 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47063 of the LaTeX-package
47068 \begin_inset Index idx
47071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47072 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47078 \begin_inset Newline newline
47082 \begin_inset Flex URL
47085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47087 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47095 \begin_layout Bibliography
47096 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47097 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47098 LatexCommand bibitem
47104 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47106 name "Documentation"
47107 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47111 of the LaTeX-package
47116 \begin_inset Index idx
47119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47120 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47126 \begin_inset Newline newline
47130 \begin_inset Flex URL
47133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47135 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47143 \begin_layout Bibliography
47144 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47145 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47146 LatexCommand bibitem
47152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47154 name "Documentation"
47155 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47159 of the LaTeX-package
47164 \begin_inset Index idx
47167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47168 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47174 \begin_inset Newline newline
47178 \begin_inset Flex URL
47181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47183 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47191 \begin_layout Bibliography
47192 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47193 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47194 LatexCommand bibitem
47200 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47202 name "Documentation"
47203 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
47207 of the LaTeX-package
47212 \begin_inset Index idx
47215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47216 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
47222 \begin_inset Newline newline
47226 \begin_inset Flex URL
47229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47231 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
47239 \begin_layout Bibliography
47240 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47241 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47242 LatexCommand bibitem
47248 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47251 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47255 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47256 \begin_inset Newline newline
47260 \begin_inset Flex URL
47263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47265 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47273 \begin_layout Bibliography
47274 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47275 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47276 LatexCommand bibitem
47282 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47285 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47289 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47290 \begin_inset Newline newline
47294 \begin_inset Flex URL
47297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47299 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47307 \begin_layout Bibliography
47308 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47309 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47310 LatexCommand bibitem
47316 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47319 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47323 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47324 \begin_inset Newline newline
47328 \begin_inset Flex URL
47331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47333 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47341 \begin_layout Bibliography
47342 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47343 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47344 LatexCommand bibitem
47350 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47353 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47357 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47358 \begin_inset Newline newline
47362 \begin_inset Flex URL
47365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47367 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47375 \begin_layout Bibliography
47376 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47377 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47378 LatexCommand bibitem
47384 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47387 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47391 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47392 \begin_inset Newline newline
47396 \begin_inset Flex URL
47399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47401 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47409 \begin_layout Bibliography
47410 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47411 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47412 LatexCommand bibitem
47418 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47421 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47425 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47426 \begin_inset Newline newline
47430 \begin_inset Flex URL
47433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47435 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47443 \begin_layout Bibliography
47444 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47445 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47446 LatexCommand bibitem
47452 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47455 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47459 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47460 \begin_inset Newline newline
47464 \begin_inset Flex URL
47467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47469 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47477 \begin_layout Bibliography
47478 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47479 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47480 LatexCommand bibitem
47486 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47489 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47493 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47494 \begin_inset Newline newline
47498 \begin_inset Flex URL
47501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47503 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47511 \begin_layout Bibliography
47512 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47513 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47514 LatexCommand bibitem
47520 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47523 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47527 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47528 \begin_inset Newline newline
47532 \begin_inset Flex URL
47535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47537 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47545 \begin_layout Bibliography
47546 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47547 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47548 LatexCommand bibitem
47554 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47557 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47561 about new features in
47566 \begin_inset Newline newline
47570 \begin_inset Flex URL
47573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47575 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47583 \begin_layout Standard
47584 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47618 \begin_inset Note Note
47621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47628 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47629 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47630 bibliography is the second one:
47638 \begin_layout Standard
47639 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47640 LatexCommand bibtex
47641 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47642 options "biblio/alphadin"
47649 \begin_layout Standard
47650 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47653 \begin_layout Standard
47654 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47655 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47661 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47662 LatexCommand printindex